EPA-R4-73-023d                      Environmental Monitoring Series
June 1973
Reviews of Current Literature
on Analytical  Methodology
and  Quality  Control
          No. 17
                            Office of Research and Monitoring
                            U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
                            Washington, D. C. 20460

-------
                                      NOTICE
          This bulletin is prepared monthly by the staff of the Analytical
Methodology Information Center (AMIC), Information Systems Department, Battelle,
Columbus Laboratories, Columbus, Ohio, under EPA Contract No. 68-01-1832,
to inform personnel of the Analytical Quality Control Laboratory and other
segments of the National Analytical Methods Development Research Program of
recent publications on methodology.  Personnel associated with the center are
Mr. Ralph Darby, Project Director, Mr. Robert Little, Project Leader, and
Miss Verna Holoman, Abstractor.

          The 3" x 5" format of the citations and use of card stock is intended
to facilitate removal and filing of items of interest.  Because of space limi-
tations, the index terms accompanying the citations are selected from a complete
list as representative of the important concepts presented in each article.

          Comments and suggestions regarding the content of the "Reviews" or
requests from EPA personnel to be placed on the mailing list should be directed
to the Project Officer:

                          Mr. Luther Garrett
                          Director
                          Research Information Division
                          Office of Research and Monitoring
                          Environmental Protection Agency
                          UOU M Street, S.W.
                          Washington, D.C.  2002U

-------
         REVIEWS OF CURRENT LITERATURE ON

    ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL

                      No.  17
                       By
Analytical Methodology Information Center (AMIC)
          Information  Systems  Department
           Battelle Memorial Institute
     505 King Avenue,  Columbus, Ohio  43201

             Contract No. 68-01-1832
                  Prepared for
        OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND MONITORING
      U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
             WASHINGTON, D.C.   20460

-------
             NATIONAL ANALYTICAL METHODS DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH PROGRAM
                       ANALYTICAL QUALITY CONTROL LABORATORY
                         REVIEWS OF CURRENT LITERATURE ON
                    ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL
                                                                     Juue,  1973
Arrangement of the citations following the major research areas of the Analytical
Quality Control Laboratory and other segments of the National Analytical Methods
Development Research Program.  Items which apply to more than one area are cross-
referenced.
                                     CONTENTS


1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS                                      page  1-22

    Scope:  Wet chemical methods; Nutrients; NTA; Trace metals; Helium glow;
    Chromatography (thin layer, gas, liquid); Spectroscopy (atomic absorption;
    flame emission, arc-spark, visible, UV, IR, fluorescent); Radiochemistry;
    Automation of methods;  Ion-specific and other probes; Mass spectrometry;
    Mass spectra; NMR;  Instrument-computer interface; Chlorinated hydrocarbons
    (pesticides, PCB's, other); Trace organics; Petroleum processes (reforming,
    hydroforming, platforming, catalysts); Petroleum additives; Reduced crudes;
    Sulfur isotopes;  Boiling range determination; Asphatenes and carboids;
    Weathering; Organometallics; Elemental analysis; Paraffinic distribution;
    Petroleum wastes;  Water quality standards;  Effluent monitoring.


2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS                                                 Page  23-48

    Scope:   Plankton;  Periphyton; Macrophyton;  Macroinvertebrates;  Fish;
    Sample collection  (grab samplers,  artificial substrates); Sample
    processing (preservation,  staining, automatic and manual sorting and
    counting); Organisms identification (taxonomic keys,  optical and electron
    microscopy, gas Chromatography, electrophoresis, karyosystematics);  Biomass
    measurements (drying,  freeze-drying,  ashing, ATP, DNA,  chlorophyll measure-
    ment, calorimetry); Metabolic rates (primary productivity, respiration,
    electron transport, nitrogen fixation);  Culturing; Biomonitoring;  Bioassay;
    Bioaccumulation of hazardous materials;  Community structure (indicator
    organisms, species  diversity, community stability);  Mathematical models;
    Statistical analysis.

-------
3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL  METHODS                                            Page  49.57

    Sc°Pe:   Pollution  indicators; Waterborne pathogens; Sampling; Detection;
    Identification;  Enumeration; Monitoring; Survival; Automation; Instrumenta-
    tion; Cell counting;  Selective  and differential media; Growth factors;
    Metabolic products; Membrane filter procedures; Microbiological standards;
    Specific bacteriophage;  Fluorescent antibody techniques; Radioactive
    tracers; Antigen identification; Photomicroscopy; Optical measurements;
    Data handling, presentation, and interpretation.


4.  METHODS AND PERFORMANCE  EVALUATION                                 page  53-59

    Sc°Pe:  Collaborative testing; Laboratory and analyst performance evaluation;
    Inter- and intralaboratory quality control; Evaluation of laboratory equip-
    ment; Statistical  treatment of analytical data; Experimental design.


5.  INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT                                             Page  60-63

    Sc°Pe:  Intake systems (methods of sampling, connecting lines, wells,  motors,
    pumps, mode of operation); Sensors (electro-chemical,  electro-biological,
    thermodynamic, mechanical, optical, nuclear); Analyzers (analog and digital
    amplifiers,  output displays); Recording systems (telemetry,  data logging,
    digital data processors).
                                         11

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-668U
"OXYGEN DEFICIENT CONDITIONS AND NITRATE REDUCTION IN THE EASTERN TROPICAL NORTH PACIFIC
OCEAN", Cllne, J. D.,  Richards, P. A., Limnology and Oceanography, Vol. 17, No. 6,
November 1972, pp 885-900.                                   	

           The purpose  of  this  Investigation  was to relate the distributions of dissolved
oxygen and compounds of nitrogen and phosphorus In the oxygen-minimum zone of vatera
off Mexico and Central Anerlca to the effects of oxygen deficiencies on nitrate
reduction,  denltriflcatlon, and attendant microbiological processes occurring there.
Chemical and physical  observations Included  salinity, temperature, dissolved oxygen
(Kinkier and colorimetrlc), Inorganic phosphate, nitrate, nitrite, nitrous oxide,
ammonia, silicate, pH, alkalinity, total carbon dioxide, dissolved hydrogen sulflde,
sulflte, thiosulfate,  and soluble and partlculate Iron.  On a second cruise, nitrate,
nitrite, anmonla, phosphate, and silicate determinations were carried out on a
Technlcon  Auto Analyzer.   Oxygen concentrations In the oxygen-minimum zone were
commonly leas than 1 microgram-atom/llter from below the pycnocllne to depths of several
hundred meters.  In these nearly anojdc waters, nitrate appears to be reduced to nitrite
and free nitrogen.  Nitrate deficits, derived from material balance calculations,
suggest that up to 13-lU  mlcrogram-atoms/liter (to-50 percent) of nitrate-nitrogen
have been  so reduced.  Secondary nitrite concentrations rarely exceed 1.5
mlcrogram-atoms/llter  and are  generally associated with oxygen concentrations of less
than 2 mlcrogram-atoms/llter.  Ammonia concentrations appear to be slightly lover In
the region of denltriflcatlon, probably because of baceterial assimilation.  It Is
estimated  that about 230  x 10  to the twelfth power grams of combined N are lost
annually by denltriflcatlon.

INDEX TERMS;  Dissolved oxygen. Nitrates, Nitrites, Reduction (chemical), Denltriflcatlon
AMIC-6852
"SMITHSONIAN ADVISORY COMMITTEE REPORT ON STUDIES OF THE EFFECTS OF WASTE DISPOSAL
IN THE NEW YORK BIGHT", Buzas, M. A., Carpenter, J. H., Ketchum, B. H., McHugh, J. H.,
Norton, V. J., O'Connor, D. J., Simon, J. L., Young, D. K., Smithsonian Institute,
Oceanography and Limnology Program, Wcshington, D. C., Report, July 1972, 60 pp.
NTIS Report No. AD 7<*6 960.

          Reports of studies by the U. S. Army Coastal Engineering Research
Center on the effects of waste disposal In the New York Bight were reviewed by the
Smithsonian Advisory Committee.  The reviews point out shortcomings In the data
which prevent drawing definite conclusions about the effects of waste disposal and
suggest areas for further research which win overcome this deficiency.  Recomendations
are Included regarding further research on this area and on dumping practices.  The
major recommendation on disposal Is that acceptable alternatives should be sought
but in the meantime more effective management and control must be Instituted.

INDEX TERMS:  Water pollution effects, Water pollution control, Water quality, Sludge
      disposal, Reviews, Heavy metals. Conforms, Benthos, Zooplankton, Amphipoda, Fleh,
      Sampling, Copepods, Turbidity, Suspended solids, New York Bight, Data
Interpretation affect
               AMIC-6923
               "WATER POLLUTION ASPECTS OF STREET SURFACE CONTAMINANTS",  Sartor,  J.  D.  Boyd,  G.  B.,
               URS Research Company* San Mato,  California, Report  No.  EPA-R2-72-081, Contract No.
               1U-12-921, November 1972, 236 pp.

                         Materials which commonly reside  on street surfaces have  been found
               to contribute substantially to urban pollution when washed into receiving  waters  by
               storm runoff.  In fact, runoff from street surfaces Is  similar In  many respects to
               sanitary sewage.  Calculations based on a  hypothetical  but typical U.  S. city
               Indicated that the runoff from the first hour of  a  moderate-to-heavy  storm would
               contribute considerably more pollutlonal load than  would the same  city's sanitary
               sewage during the seme period of time.   This study  provides a basis for evaluating
               the significance of this source  of water pollution  relative to other  pollution
               sources and provides information for communities  having a  broad range of sizes,
               geographical locales, and public works  practices.   Information was developed for
               major land-use areas within the  cities  (such as residential, commercial and
               Industrial).  Runoff was analyzed  for the  following pollutants: BOD,  COD,  total
               and volatile solids, KJeldahl nitrogen,  nitrates, phosphates, and  a range  of
               pesticides and heavy metals.

               INDEX TERMS:   Water pollution sources,  Urban runoff, Biochemical oxygen demand, Chemical
                     oxygen demand, Nitrates, Phosphates,  Pesticides,  Heavy metals,  Gas cnromatography.
                     Volatile solids,  Characterization, Transport,  Atomic  absorption spectrophotonetry.
AMIC-7031
"A SOLVENT EXTRACTION METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF PHOSPHORUS-32 IN SEA WATER",
Flynn, W. W., Meehan, W. R., Analytiea Chlmlca Acta, Vol. 63, No. 2, February 1973,


          Seawater samples to be analyzed for Phosphorus-32 were collected In
polyethylene bottles and treated with perchloric acid.  The perchloric acid treatment
converts all phosphorus to orthophosphate.  The procedure Involved adding a phosphorus
carrier (potassium dlhydrogenphosphate), and extracting H-32 as the phosphomolybdate
from a solution of 0.66 M sulfurlc acid with Isobutyl acetate.  A buffered ammonium
solution stripped the carrier from the solvent and a precipitate (as magnesium
anmonlum phosphate) was used for counting.  This method was unsatisfactory with
denlnerallzed water, but substitution of Isoanyl alcohol gave 90-95 percent recovery of
the carrier from solutions as high as 0.7 N In acid.  Results were similar with seawater.
Recoveries of phosphorus ranged from 16 percent to 100.8 percent.  Addition of
Interfering ions (Ag, Al, As, Bl, Ca, Co, Cr (3 plus), Cs, Cu (2 plus),  Fe (3 plus), F,
Hg, I, La, Mg, Mn, Nb, Ni, Pb, Rb, Sb, Si, Sr, Sn, Te, Th, U, Y, Zn, 2r, acetate,
ascorbic acid, borate, citrate, nitrate, oxalate, sulfate, and tartaric  acid did not
-**-vt recovery.  Study of radlonuclldes (Ac-228, As-76, Ba-133, Bi-207, Ca-U5, Ce-lUU,
     >, 1-131, Mn-5^., Mo-99, and No-22) showed decontamination factors in excess of 1000
for most.  The recovery of P-32 from samples of seawater spiked with a standard solution
and stored for six weeks In polyethylene bottles under various conditions showed that the
aethod was quantitative.

LNDEX TERMS:   Sea water. Separation techniques,  Scintillation counting,  P-32,  Chemical
      recovery. Chemical Interference, Sample preparation, Storage.

-------
                                                                           1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AHIC-7137
 'KRAFT EFFLUENT COLOR CHARACTERIZATION BEFORE AND AFTER STOICHIOMETRIC LIME TREATMENT",
Swanson, J. H., Dugal, H. S., Buchanan, M. A., Dickey, E. A., The Institute of Paper
Chemistry, Division of Natural Materials and Systems, Report No. EPA-R2-73-1U1,
February 1973, 8U pp.

          The objective of this project was the Isolation of color components and
characterization of dilute kraft vaste liquors before and after stoichlometric lime
treatment.  Eight series of 2U-hour composite samples of untreated decker wastes,
line-treated wastes containing color bodies not removed by lime treatment, and
returned waste containing supernatant from sludge holding ponds and returned to the
treatment process were collected for analysis.  Samples were chemically analyzed for
pH, color, Na, Ca, Cl, organic N, organic C, total solids, fixed solids, volatlles,
and carbonates.  Ultraviolet and visible spectra were also determined after variable
storage times.  Ion exchange resins, dialysis, sorptlon on carbon and synthetic resin,
gel permeation chromatography, and paper chromatography were tested as means for
Isolating color bodies.  Wastes were centrlfuged and the colored solution freeze-drled
to produce a powder which did not degrade and could be readily dissolved In water.
The reconstituted samples were extracted for acid-soluble and acid-Insoluble components
which were analyzed by paper chromatography, color measurement, absorbance measurement,
fraction of color bodies, and determination of molecular weights.  Infrared
spectroscopy data Indicate that the acid-Insoluble color bodies (high molecular
weights) contain a high proportion of conjugated carbonyl groups where conjugation
with an aromatic ring Is probable.  The acid-soluble fractions (low molecular weights)
seem to contain nonconjugated carboxyl groups and may be associated with carbohydrate
material.  However, color bodies are found to be aromatic In nature (partially
                    AMIC-73fl6
                    "RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE ANALYTICAL APPLICATION OF UV-PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPr',
                    Betterldge, D., Baker, A. D., Bye, P., Hasanuddln, S. K., Kemp, N. R., Rees, D. I.,
                    Stevens, M. A., Thompson, M., Wright, B. J., Zeltachrift fur Analytlache Chemle,
                    Vol. 263, Ho. t, March 1973, pp 386-290.

                              Preliminary results are reported from a number of new developments
                    designed to make UV photoelectron spectroscopy analytically advantageous.  A versatile
                    photoelectron spectrometer with a simple sample Inlet system has been constructed.
                    This has been successfully linked to a C.L.C. and in this combination serves either
                    to provide a spectrum of the sample or acts as a selective G.C. detector. Data
                    processing has been Improved with the aid of a computer program which enables the
                    spectrum of a mixture to be resolved into Its components.  The system was tested
                    with acetone, PC15, POC15, and HC1.

                    INDEX TERMS:  Data, processing, Computer programs, Laboratory equipment. Gas chromatogra-
                          phy. Chlorides, UV-photoelectron spectroscopy, Sample Inlet, GC-photoeleetron
                          spectroscopy, Acetone, Solvents, Organic solvents. Hydrochloric acid, Phosphorus
                          pentachloride, Phosphorus oxychloride.
AMIC-7137 (Continued)
Card 2/2
degraded llgnln), possess a negative charge, and exist primarily as soluble sodium
salts In aqueous solutions.  The lime-treatment process was found to remove on an
average about 86 percent of the color, 57 percent of the total organic carbon, and 17
percent of total sugars from the waste effluent during the period of approximately 15
months over which the samples were collected.  No appreciable change In chloride
content was noticed.

INDEX TEIWS:  Pulp wastes, Separation techniques. Color, Waste treatment.
      Characterization, Sample preparation.
AMIC-7191
"PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL OCEAIJOGRAPHIC DATA FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN AND BERING SEA,
1971", Ingraham, V. J., Jr., Flsk, D. M., Bartlett, C. J., Turner, S. E., National
Marine Fisheries Service, Northwest Fisheries Center, Seattle, Washington, NMFS
Data Report 75, NOAA 72012303, February 1973, 172 pp.  NTIS Report No. COM-73-10192.

          Temperature and salinity data were obtained In the North Pacific Ocean at
176 stations In 1971 during spring and autumn cruises of the RV George B. Kelez
south of the Aleutian Islands, in the Bering Sea, and along the coasts of Washington
and British Columbia.  Values were obtained from STD traces at standard depths to
1,000 m (spring data) or 1,500 m (autumn data).  Computations of density (algma-t),
sound velocity, anomaly of specific volume, and dynamic height, which were performed
by a shipboard PDP-6 computer, are also presented.  The autumn data tabulations were
obtained automatically through a new computer Interface.

INDEX TERMS:  Pacific Ocean, Water temperature. Depth, Salinity, Data processing,
      Bering Sea.

-------
                                                                           1.   PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7ai3
 m/THIENT INVERSIONS IN THE SOUTHEASTERN TROPICAL PACIFIC OCEAN"
Fishery Bulletin. Vol. 70, No. 3, 1972, pp 929-932.
Thomas, W. H,,
          During a cruise of the Pacific Ocean In 1970, samples of seavater
were collected at various depths In Nansen bottles for analysis of nitrates,
nitrites, phosphates, and silicates.  Plots of nutrient concentration versus
depth showed that at a typical station nutrients such as nitrate and phosphate
were high at the surface, at a minimum at about 100 m depth, and then Increased
at greater depths.  Silicate followed this distribution to a lesser degree.
These Inversions occurred from lat 8 to 15 degrees S and vere more pronounced
in sections along long 126 degrees W and 119 degrees M than in sections farther
east.  The nutrient minimum vas associated with water having a salinity maximum.
It is suggested that such water may have acquired Its characteristics in the
mixed layer in areas to the south or southeast where the nutrients were depleted
by phytoplankton, and had then sunk below high-nutrient and relatively fresh
water carried westward from the Peru Current.  However, the nutrients nay also
have been depleted in situ since the low-nutrient water contained a maximum
amount of chlorophyll.

INDEX TERMS:  Pacific Ocean, Nitrates, Phosphates, Nitrites, Silicates, Salinity, Depth,
      Phytoplankton, Nutrient Inversion.
AJ4IC-7235
"THE INFLUENCE OP LOO HANDLING ON HATER QUALIW1, Schaumburg, P. D., Oregon State
University, Corvallls, Oregon, Report No. EPA-R2-73-085, February 1973, 105 PP«

          Because of the potential contribution of logging activities to pollution of
rivers, lakes, and estuaries, studies were conducted to determine the leachates from
Douglas fir, ponderosa pine, and hemlock logs, toxic effects of log storage, amount of
bark loss, and other factors which may contribute to degradation of water Quality.
Studies vere conducted both In laboratory tanks and on-site.  Leaching studies were
conducted with logs with and without the ends sealed and with and without bark.  Tannin,
lignln, and phenolic compounds were determined by the Pearl-Benson Index, COD by the
Jerrls method, BOD by Standard Methods, k-rates by manometer, and reducing sugars by
procedures described by Somogyl and Hodge and Hofreltes.  Bloassays were run with Chinook
salmon and rainbow trout.  Bark losses were determined photographically.  Benthlc
samples were taken with a corer, frozen, and analyzed to determine bark distribution.
Measurements Including BOD, COD, FBI, solids and toxlclty have shown that in most
situations the contribution of soluble leachates to holding water Is not a significant
water pollution problem.  The most significant problem associated with water storage
appears to be the loss of bark from logs during dumping, raft transport and raft storage.
Dislodged bark can float until It becomes water logged and sinks forming benthlc
deposits.  Floating bark is aesthetically displeasing and could interfere with other
beneficial uses of a lake, stream or estuary.  Benthlc deposits exert a small, but
measurable oxygen demand and may influence the biology of the benthlc zone.
Implementation of corrective measures by the timber Industry to reduce bark losses could
make the water storage of logs a practice which is compatible with a high quality
environment.
AMIC-7229
"ClfCLINO OF ELEMENTS OF ESTUARIES",  Wolfe,  D. A.,  Rice, T. R., Fishery Bulletin,
Vol.  70, No. 3,  1972,  pp 959-972.

           Review and discussions are presented  on  the  types of information
needed to  develop useful models for  the  cycling of contaminant metals (both radioactive
and stable) In estuarlne ecosystems.  Basic requirements  are knowledge of the major
reservoirs of the metals, which In most  cases are  the  sedlmentand water, the
mechanisms and pathways of elemental transformation, rates of elemental turnover
among reservoirs, and  responses of these processes and reservoirs to environmental
change. A conceptual  systems model  Is presented as the preliminary phase In the
development of dynamic mathematical  models  of elemental cycling.

INDEX TERMS:  Model studies,  Heavy metals,  Estuaries,  Marine animals, Bid-transformation,
       Transport, Bloaccumulatlon.
                                                                                              Card 2/2
AMIC-7235 (Continued)                                                 	(_

INDEX TERMS:  Biochemical oxygen demand, Chemical oxygen demand, Bark,  Lumbering,
      Leaching, Toxlclty, Water analysis, Pearl Benson Index,  Total organic carbon.
      Reducing sugars. Tannins, Llgnlns, Volatile solids.

-------
                                                                           1.   PHYSICAL ADD CHEMICAL METHOD6  .
AMIC-7288
 'ACQUISITION AMD REDUCTION OF GAS CHROMATOGRAPHIC DATA USING A COMPUTER", Greco, M.,
Marrancl, &., Journal of Chromatography, Vol. 77, No. 1, March lU, 1973, pp 91-96.

          This paper describes the installation of an IBM 1BOO computer system for
the on-line acquisition and reduction of data from twenty gas chromatographs.  Oas
chromatographs from various manufacturers that use both packed and capillary columns
and thermal conductivity and flame lonlzatlon detection were Interfaced to the
computer.  The gas chromatography computer system has been used for a wide range of
applications, from routine analyses to research and development.  The accuracy and
repeatability of quantitative data and retention times are shown.  Routine analyses
were run On C1-C5 gases, alkylbenzenzes, p-xylene oxidation products, n-parafflns,
pyrolysls samples, H2, 02, N2, CO, C02, aromatic3, halogenated compounds from
1,2-dlchloroethane, naphtha, and oleflns.  The computer Installation required
particular studies on the layout of signal cables from the gas chromatography
laboratory, of electric cables and of pneumatic lines.

INDEX TERMS:  Gas chromatography. Computers, Data reduction, Alkyl benzenes, Xylene,
      Paraffins, Dlchloroethane, Naphtha, Oleflns.
AMIC-7315
"MULTI-ELEMENT NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS 0~F SEDIMENT USING A CALIPORNIUM-252
SOUBCE", Hayes, D. W., Peterson, S. F., E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Savannah
River Laboratory, Alken, South Carolina, Report No. Conf-720902~U, Contract No.
AT(07-2)-l, September 11-13, 1972, k pp.  NTIS Report No. DP-MS-72-38.

          The application of a Cf-252 source to the neutron activation
analysis of several elements In small (approximately 1.5 Inch In diameter) cores
was studied using high-resolution gamma ray spectroscopy and manual data reduction.
A preliminary study of l»-inch segments of various ocean bottom cores by this method
showed that Mn, Al, Ca, Na, Cl, and V were easily detected.  Other elements found
In some of the samples were Mg, Tl, Br, Dy, Ca, and I.  Cores from the Atlantic
Ocean were analyzed for the easily detectable elements, and on the basis of elemental
content, were characterized as pelagic clay or pure sand.  With a few modifications,
the procedure could be used aboard a ship or on shore to obtain rapid elemental
analysis of sdelnent cores using a Cf-252 source, Ge(Ll) detector, multichannel
analyzer, and mammi data reduction.  The procedure could also be used to analyse
sediment cores from estuaries or tidal flats.  The procedure could be Improved by
using a 1*096 analyzer, and computerized data reduction, and by rotating the core
during activation and counting.  Procedures are discussed for eliminating Interference
and differences in Irradiation and counting between standards and samples.

INDEX TERMS:  Bottom sediments, Cores, Neutron activation analysis, Radioactivity
      techniques, Chemical analysis. Heavy metals, Alkali metals. Alkaline earth metals,
      Halogens, Pollutant Identification, Aquatic soils, Atlantic Ocean, Soil analysis,
      Multlelemental analysis, Callfornlum-252, are earth elements.
AMIC-7310
"IDENTIFICATION BY MEANS OF RETENTION PARAMETERS", Schomburg, G., Dlelaann, G.,
Journal of Chromatographlc Science, Vol. 11, No. 3, March 1973, PP 151-159-
AMK-73^5
"A RATIONAL SERIES OF SOLVENTS TOR USE IN INCREMENTAL GRADIENT ELUTION", Scott,
Kucera, P., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, No. I*, April 1973, PP 71*9-751».
R. P. W.,
           Retention parameters, preferably Kovats Idndlces, can be used to identify
chromatographlcaHy separated components of mixtures, and in addition, chemical
derivatives  thereof.  For reliable correlations of peaks, combined use of other mainly
speetroscoplc  identification methods Is necessary.  There are two different methods of
applying Kovats  Indices which are table matching and/or Incremental predictions of I
and delta  I  values.   Identification by table matching Is demonstrated with saturated
and unsaturated  hydrocarbons from C5 to C6 of a gasoline cut and C6 compounds.
Identification by retention Increments Is demonstrated with 1-octene, 2-methyinonane,
3-methylnonane,  hexyl-cyclopropane, methylbranched undecanes, and unsaturated and
methylbranched cyclopropanes.  The extended use of retention parameters was limited
until recently because of a lack in data reproduclblllty due to column polarity and
apparatus  parameters.  Proposals are made as to how these difficulties may be overcome
and as to  the  corrections and standardizations which may be made in order to obtain
precise  data.

INDEX TERMS:   Gas chromatography. Organic compounds, Kovats Indices, Retention time,
      Retention  volume.
          A rational procedure for choosing a series of solvents for incremental
gradient elutlon In liquid-solid chromatography Is described and a practical series
Of solvents for gradient elutlon development Is given.  Examples are Included of
the use of the solvent system for separating mixtures containing solutes of widely
diverse polarities together with the necessary operating conditions.  The range of
solvents given, commencing with heptane and ending with water, appears to cover a
K1 range, relative to.heptane of 10,000.  (Reprinted from Analytical Chemistry,
Vol. 1*5, No. k, April 1973, PP 7'*9-75l*.  Copyright 1973 by the American Chemical
Society.  Reprinted by permission of the copyright owner.)

INDEX TERMS:  Solvents, Solvent extractions, Separation techniques, Polarity, Liquid-
      solid chromatography. Incremental gradient elutlon, Organic solvents, Polar
      solvents, Nonpolar solvents, Inorganic solvents.

-------
                                                                           1.   PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AM1C-7357
"COMPARISOH OF SELECTIVE ION MONITORING  AND REPETITIVE SCANNING DURING GAS
CHROMATOGRAPH1C-MASS SPECTROMETRY", Mlddledltch, B. S., Deslderlo, D. M.,
Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, No. l», April 1973, pp 806-808.
          Because of  the  Increasing applicability of repetitive  scanning (RS) and
selective ion monitoring  (SIM) gas  chromatography-mass spectrometry to biochemical
problems, en Investigation using cholestane  as a test substance  vas carried out to
determine the relative  sensitivities, limitations and versatilities of the two
methods.  Three-microllter allquots of cholestane stock solution diluted by a factor
of 10 from  ID to 1,000,000 times were used for GC-MS to facilitate accuracy of
Injection volumes.  The results Indicate that, under similar conditions, the RS and
SIM methods provide similar  sensitivities.   Under the optimum conditions for each
method, SIM Is capable  of far greater sensitivity.  The choice of technique to be
used depends, to a great  extent, on the availability of facilities for automated data
handling.   The SIM method Is preferable for  the detection and measurement of trace
quantities.

INDEX TERMS:  Laboratory  tests, Methodology, Chemical analysis,  Organic compounds,
      Selective Ion monitoring, Repetitive scanning, Sensitivity, Versatility, GC-Mass
      spectrometry, Biochemical analysis. Method evaluation. Mass spectra, Cholestane,
      Accuracy, Trace levels.
 AMI C-7 3,74
 "ADDITIONAL STUDIES FOR THE SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC MEASUREMENT OK  IODINE IN WATER", Beckman
 Instruments,  Incorporated, Advanced Technology Operations, Fullerton, California, Report
 Nos. NASA-CR-128585, FR-lllS-101, Contract No. HAS 9-12769, August  31, 1972, 37 pp.
 OTIS Report No. N73-10172.

          Previous work In Iodine Spectroscopy Is briefly reviewed.  Continued
 studies of the direct  spectrophotometrlc determination of aqueous Iodine complexed
 with potassium Iodine  shov that  free iodine is optimally determined at the Isosbestlc
 for these solutions.   The effects on Iodine determinations of  turbidity and chemical
 substances (in trace amounts) Is discussed and Illustrated.  At the levels tested,
 iodine measurements are not significantly altered, by such substances.  The main
 objective of the present uork—a preliminary design for an on-line, automated iodine
 monitor with eventual  capability of operating also as a controller—Is analyzed and
 developed In detail with respect to optics, mechanics, and circuitry.  The resulting
 design features a single beam colorimeter operating at two wavelengths (using a
 rotating filter wheel).  A flow-through sample cell allows the instrument to operate
 continuously, except for momentary stop flow when measurements are made.  The timed
 automatic cycling of the system  may be Interrupted whenever desired, for manual
 operation.  An analog  output signal permits controlling an iodine generator.

 INDEX TERMS:  Spectrophotometry, Iodine, Pollutant identification.  Water analysis,
      Measurement, Instrumentation, Automatic control, Turbidity, Chemical analysis,
      Aqueous solutions, Electronics, Automation, Halogens, Iodine-iodide spectroscopy,
      Automated iodine monitoring system, Chemical interference, Isosbestlc point.
AMIC-7367
 'DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT NEW HAVEN HARBOR, CONNECTICUT MAINTENANCE DREDGING", U. S.
Army Corps of Engineers, New England Division, Waltham, Massachusetts, Report No.
ELR-5796, November 15, 1972, 55pp.  NTIS Report No. EIS-CT-72-5798-D.

          A draft environmental statement is presented which covers administrative action
related to the navigational maintenance project In New Haven Harbor, Connecticut.  The
project Is concerned with dredging in the main channel of the Harbor from Long Island
Sound to Tomllnson Bridge.  A description is given of the action; the environmental
impact and the alternatives to such action are discussed.

INDEX TERMS:  Environmental effects, Dredging, Administration, Administrative decisions,
      Navigable waters, Alternate planning, Waste disposal, Judicial decisions, New
      Haven Harbor.
AMIC-7396
"ORGANIC LOADING OF PETENWELL RESERVOIR, WISCONSIN", Kluesener, J. W., Lee, G. F.,
Journal of Water Pollution Control Federation, Vol. !*5, No. 2, February 1973,
pp 269-203.

          Studies were conducted on the Wisconsin River from Nekoosa, Wisconsin, to the
Petenwell Reservoir to determine organic loading to and conditions in the Petenwell
Reservoir specifically during the winter period of Ice cover.  Determinations made using
20 sampling sites include: flow, DO, BOD, nitrogen, phosphorus, photosynthesis, and
sedimentary oxygen uptake.  Stream profile studies were conducted at 3 sites.  The river
In this area had large excesses of biodegradable materials, chiefly from pulp and paper
mills, compared to the oxygen available during the periods of late summer and winter
Ice cover.  Reaeratlon and photosynthesis were not sufficient to overcome the oxygen
deficit.  Frequently, dissolved oxygen concentrations near zero were obtained In the
Wisconsin River between Nekoosa and the Petenwell flowage.  In the winter under ice cover,
approximately 360,000 Ib (163,000 kg)  of BOD entered Petenwell flowage in excess of
available oxygen.  This resulted in large parts of the flowage having essentially zero
dissolved oxygen.  The primary source  of oxygen-demanding materials was the organic
matter dissolved and suspended In the  water.  The sludge deposits and natural lake
sediments were estimated to have a minor effect on the oxygen concentrations in the water.

INDEX TERMS:   Dissolved oxygen, Organic loading. Pulp wastes, Ice cover. Biochemical
      oxygen demand, Water pollution,  Pulp and paper Industry, Chemical analysis, Water
      analysis, Organic wastes, Water  pollution effects, Water pollution sources,
      Petenwell Reservoir, Wisconsin River.

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7l*OU
"ESTIMATING INDUSTRIAL WATER POLLUTION IN SMALL REGIONS", Greenberg, M. R., Zimmerman,
H., Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, Vol. 1*5, No. 3, March 1973, PP I*62.U69.

          Estimating Industrial water pollution requires Information on present
levels of pollution and behavioral factors likely to bring about changes .In the future.
A model covering 26 pollution parameters was calibrated from readily available data
for 2,026 plants In the New York region.  The simulations produced a mlcrospatlal
scale view of Industrial pollution potential.  Attempts to Improve the model by
collecting regional Industrial surveys and questionnaires proved unrewarding because
data remained Incomplete and Inconsistent with respect to location and timing of
samples.  The potential Impact of federal regulations and technological changes on
industrial effluent generation will be Influenced largely by the organizational
structures governing the abatement program.

INDEX TERMS:  Model studies. Industrial wastes, Water pollution, Estimating, Regional
      analysis, Pollutant identification, Surveys, Mathematical models, Mathematical
      studies, Pollutants, Data collections, Data interpretation.
AMIC-TtfOS
"EFFECT OF CHLORINE ON FLOURESCENT DYES", Deaner, D. C., Journal Water Pollution
Control Federation, Vol. 1*5, No. 3, March 1973, PP 507-51^
          A study was conducted to determine the effect of chlorine on four
widely used flourescent dyes: fluorescein, rhodamlne B, rhodamine VI, and pontacyl
pink B.  All the tests were performed in the laboratory using batch samples contained
in 1-1 glass bottles.  Different dye concentrations were subjected to various chlorine
residuals and fluorescence Intensities were measured at selected time Intervals.
Analysis of the results provided the following conclusions:  (l) Chlorine has little
effect on the fluorescence of the dyes rhodamlne B and rhodamine wp at chlorine
residuals normally found In practice (2 to 9 mg/1).  This conclusion reflects the
long-term, steady-state condition when dye and chlorine are mixed Instantaneously.
In cases where the dye and chlorine are added in close proximity to each other, the
loss of dye may vary from that predicted from data obtained in these experiments.
(2) At high chlorine residuals, quenching of fluorescence was a result of the effects
of chlorine as opposed to the effects of pH change.  (3) Dissipation of chlorine
residuals followed the equation C equals C sub 0 minus let, with k varying between
0.001/mln and 0.006/mln.

INDEX TERMS:  Fluorescent dye. Chlorine, Water pollution effects, Laboratory tests,
      Fluorometry, Dye concentrations, Halogens, Fluorescence, Cases, Tracers,
      Dissipation rates, Rhodamine WT, Organic dyes, Rhodamlne B, Fluorescein, Pontacyl
      pink B, Chlorine residual.
AMIC-7'»06
"NUTRIENT RATIO VARIATION IN RESERVOIR SEDIMENTS", Hendricks, A. C., Silvey, J. K. G.,
Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, Vol. 1*5, No. 3, March 1973, pp 1*90-1*97.
          Chemical analyses were performed on a number os sediment samples
collected from two sections of Garza-Llttle PH™ reservoir, near Dallas, Texas.  These
analyses consisted of ash-free weights, organic carbon, KJeldahl nitrogen, phosphates,
and nitrates.  The results Indicated that the area richest In nutrients was in deep
water where a hypollmnion existed in the summer.  Cove areas were about equal In
enrichment whether or not marinas were located on them.  Areas along the shores
demonstrated least enrichment.

INDEX TERMS:  Nutrients, Sediments, Variability, Reservoirs, Aquatic soils, Soil analysis
      Chemical analysis, Carbon, Texas, Sampling, Phosphates, Bottom sediments, Nitrogen,
      Nitrates, Hypollmnion, Garza-Llttle Elm Reservoir, Organic carbon, KJeldahl
      nitrogen, Heterotrophy, Enrichment, Sample preparation.
AMIC-71*!!
"A COLORBffiTRIC TECHNIQUE SUGGESTED FOR CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND DETERMINATION",
Chaudhuri, N., Niyogl, S., De, A., Basu, A., Journal Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 1*5, No. 3, March 1973, PP 537-5M.

          The feasibility and consistency of colorimetrlc estimation of chemical
oxygen demand were investigated using a sufficiently large number of chemicals under
varying test conditions.  Chemicals representing carbohydrates, fats, proteins, and
metabolites that are commonly encountered In domestic and industrial wastewater were
selected as test substances.  A Hllger pattern biochemical absorptlometer {filter type)
was used.  The investigation revealed a very high degree of consistency between the
colorlmetric and chemical oxygen demand values, with a correlation coefficient of 0.99
or above In all tests.  The method suggested for use consists of (a) selecting the
optimum wave length, (b) determining the colorlmetric absorbance on various
substrates, and (c) preforming a linear regression to calibrate the technique.

INDEX TERMS:  Chemical oxygen demand. Methodology, Colorimetry, Laboratory tests,
      Chemical analysis, Waste water (pollution), Industrial wastes. Domestic wastes.
      Chemical properties, Organic compounds, Substrates, Data interpretation.
      Correlation coefficients.

-------
                                                                           1.   PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
 'CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND OF SOME NITROGENOUS HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS", Chudoba, J.,
Daleslcky, J., Water Research, Vol. 7, No. 5, May 1973, pp 663-668.

          Chemical oxygen demands of fourteen nitrogenous compounds were
determined by the dlchromate method.  Only pyrldlne and Its derivatives were resistant
to oxidation.  Heterocyclic compounds containing one atom of nitrogen In a molecule,
e.g. quinollne, pyrrole, prollne, and Indole were 90-100 percent oxidized.  Nitrogen
Is split off these compounds as NH3.  Heterocycllc compounds containing two or more
atoms of nitrogen In a molecule are also easily oxidized.  However, only a part of the
nitrogen Is split off as NH3.  On the basis of the results obtained It Is possible to
make the following generalization: nitrogen In amlno groups Is split off mostly as
NH3; quinoline, pyrrole, pyrrolldlne, and Indole nitrogen Is split of as NH3; from
Imldazole and pyrlmldlne rings, one atom of nitrogen Is split off as NH3 and one as
N2; from the purlne configuration, two atoms of nitrogen are split off as NH3 and two
atoms as N2; from Isoalloxazlne, three atoms of nitrogen are split off as NH3 and one
as N2.

INDEX TERMS:  Chemical oxygen demand, Oxidation, Chemical reactions, Nitrogen compounds,
      Nitrogen, Organic compounds, Amnonla, Chemical properties. Methodology,
      Heterocycllc hydrocarbons, Organic nitrogen compounds, Pyrldlne, Nlcotlnlc acid,
      Nicotlnamlde, Quinollne, Pyrrole, L-prollne, Indole, D L-Tryptophan, Imldazole,
      L-hlstldlne, Adenlne, Uric acid, Uracll, Rlboflavln, Isoalloxazlne.
"DETERMINATION OP CARBOHYDRATE IN LAKE SEDIMENT BY A MODIFIED PHENOL-SULFURIC ACID
METHOD", Liu, D., Wong, P. T. S., Dutka, B. J., Water Research, Vol. 7, Ho. 5, May
1973, PP 7M-7"»6.

          A spectrophotometric method for the assay of carbohydrates in lake
sediments and soil Is described that Is based on the measurement of color development
In phenol-sulfurlc acid at U85 nm.  Sediment core samples -were taken with a Benthos
carer from Lake Erie and Lake Ontario, stored at k C and extruded within 1*6 h of
collection.  Samples (10 g) from each subsection (0-2, 5-7, 10-12, and 20-22 cm)
were processed Immediately for carbohydrate and dry weight determination.  Dry weights
were obtained by heating the sample overnight at 105 C.  Distilled water end phenol
solution were added to a 2-50 mg wet weight sample and thoroughly mixed.  Concentrated
H2SOI* was added to the mixture which was subsequently allowed to stand at room
temperature for 10 minutes.  It was centrlfuged for another 10 minutes and
carbohydrate determinations were made as stated above.  Studies of the effects of
phenol and carbohydrate on the method showed 100 mg phenol/sample and 0-100 mlcrograms
carbohydrate gave the best results.  This highly reproducible and sensitive assay
technique requires only 20 minutes-and as little as 2 mg wet weight of sample.

INDEX TERMS:  Carbohydrates, Lake sediments, Chemical analysis, Spectrophotometry,
      Methodology, Sampling, Color reactions, Phenol-sulfurlc acid method, Sample
      preparation, Reproducibllity, Sensitivity.
"SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC KETHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF OZONE IN AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS", Shechter,
H., Water Research, Vol. 7, No. 5, May 1973, pp 729-739-

          A sensitive spectrophotometric method for determination of ozone in
small volumes of water was performed in order to meet the requirements of a kinetic
study of virus and bacteria inactlvatlon by ozone.  The proposed method Involves
oxidation of a buffered Iodine solution and spectrophotometric measurement of the
trllodlde ion liberated by ozone.  Two procedures are used: one for low ozone
concentration (0.01-0.30 ppm) and another for higher concentrations (0.30-2.0 ppm).
In order to establish the precision of the proposed method, 6 parallel determinations
were carried out, In a consecutive order, at different 03 concentrations (0.05-O.33 ppm
and 0.23-1.92 ppm).  Reproduclbillty was found to be very high when the procedure
used corresponds with the ozone level for which it was Intended.  The congjaratlve
results obtained from ozone determinations by spectrophotometry using neutral KE
reagent or Mast reagent, and by the standard volumetric method showed the volumetric
readings to be greater than those of spectrophotometry.  Some applications of the
method for a kinetic study of virus inactivatlon by ozone are presented and the
optimal conditions for such applications have been established.

INDEX TERMS:   Spectrophotometry, Ozone, Methodology,.Kinetics, Aqueous solutions,
      Pollutant identification, Water analysis, Oxidation, Viruses, Volumetric analysis,
      Chemical analysis, Chemical reactions, Disinfection, Bacteria, Water temperature,
      Cultures, Inactlvation, Reproducibillty, Dissolved gases. Sensitivity, Mast
      reagent, Method evaluation, Stirring rate.
AMIC-7U21
 'OIL POLLUTION SOURCE IDENTIFICATION", Lieberman, M., Esso Research and Engineering
Company, Government Research Division, Florham Park, New Jersey, Report No. EPA-
R2-73-102, Contract No. 66-01-0058, February 1973, 175pp.

          A study was conducted to evaluate and develop a method for the
identification of sources of oil pollution.  The method is based on the comparison
of certain stable chemical Indices present In unweathered suspect oil pollution
sources and the weathered pollution sample.  Five different crude oils, two
residual fuel oils (a No. 1* and a No. 5 oil) and one distillate fuel oil (a No. 2
oil) were subjected to simulated weathering In the laboratory.  Samples were
weathered for 10 and 21 days at 55 and 80 degrees F, under high and low salt water
washing rates,  "weathered" and "unweathered" oil samples were analyzed by low
voltage mass spectroscopy (polynuclear aromatlcs), high voltage mass spectroscopy
(naphthenes), gas chromatography (n-parafflns), emission spectroscopy (nickel/
vanadium), X-ray tot sulfur and KJeldahl total nitrogen techniques.  Several
compound Indices were found to be stable after laboratory simulated weathering
and showed the ability to help discriminate between pairs of oils used in the study.
Discriminant function analysis was used to select the best compound Indices for
distinguishing among the oils used In the study.

INDEX TERMS:   Pollutant identification, Water pollution sources, Oil pollution, Oil
      spills, Laboratory tests, Methodology, Weathering, Environmental effects,
      Statistical methods, Oil fingerprinting. Discriminant function analysts, Aromatic
      hydrocarbons, Fuel oil. Petroleum residues, Oil characterization, Nigerian crude
      oil, Aliphatic hydrocarbons, Petroleum products, Chemical composition.
                                                                                        7

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODb
 AMIC-7USU
 "QUANTIATIVE INFRARED SPECTROPHCTOMETRY OF ORGANIC NITRATE ESTERS", Carlgnan,
 Hlckman, C. L, IV, Ptcatlnny Arsenal, Dover, New Jersey, Technical Report No.
 PA-TR-U350, Kay 1972, 75 PP.  NT IS Report No. AD 753 938.
Y. P.,
           A quantitative Infrared analysis of the N double bond 0 asynmetric
 stretching vibration band for the nitrate esters, ethyl nitrate, amyl nitrate,
 ethylene glycol dlnitrate, glycerol trlnitrate, and cellulose nitrate (12.53 percent)
 is presented.  Two solvents, spectrograde chloroform and tetrahydrofuran,  were  used
 In the preparation of the solutions.  For the five nitrate esters studied, Beer's law
 for the absorbance of the N double bond 0 asymmetric stretching band was found  to be
 generally obeyed.  From a measure of the absorbance one could calculate  the amount of
 a given nitrate ester present In solution.  The band shape for cellulose nitrate  was
 significantly broader and consequently measurement of the absorbance at  the band
 maximum was not a true indication of the absorption Intensity.  A more realistic
 measurement would be the integrated intensity of the band.

 INDEX TERMS:   Nitrates, Organic compounds, Nitrogen compounds, nitrate eaters,  Infrared
       spectrophotometry. Infrared spectra, Organic nitrogen confounds', Ethyl nitrate,
       Amyl nitrate, Ethylene glycol dlnitrate, Glycerol trlnitrate.  Cellulose nitrate,
       Absorbance, Organic solvents, Chloroform, Tetrahydrofuran, Quantitative analysis.
AMIC-7U32

"SPECTROPHDTOMETRIC INVESTIGATION OF PLUTONIUM (III) IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF
VARIOUS ACIDS", Halloff, E., FOA Reports, Vol. 6, No. 12, November 1972, pp i-U.  OTIS
Report No. PB 213 539.

          An Investigation was conducted to determine whether and to what
extent the absorption spectrum of Plutonium (III) Ions in aqueous solution is affected
by different acids (anions).  A concentration of 1.000-molalwas kept constant during
all experiments which utilized the following media: hydrochloric, nitric and perchloric
acids.  Hydroxylamlne hydrochlorlde was added to the media to prevent the oxidation of
Plutonium (III) ions.  The absorption spectrum was recorded between 200 and 1300 nm
using a spectrophotometer.  Moled absorptivity values at the major absorption peaks
are given separately for each medium.  An Investigation was performed to test whether
possible shifts In the wavelengthof absorption maxima and discrepancies in the molal
absorptlvltles caused by the different anions are significant.  The concentration
Interval of plutonlum (III) Ions was 0.25-5.00 mg per gram of solution.

INDEX TERMS:  Spectrophotomstry, Chemical analysis, Aqueous solutions, Cations, Anions,
      Inorganic compounds, Pollutant identification, Inorganic acids, Plutonlum,
      Absorption spectra, Transuranium elements, Molar absorptivity, Ilydroxylamine
      hydrochlorlde. Hydrochloric acid, Nitric acid, Perchloric acid.
AMtC-7^30
 'CRUDE OIL BEHAVIOR ON  ARCTIC  WINTER  ICE", McMlnn, T. J., U. S. Coast Guard Headquarters,
.Washington, D. C.  Report No. USCG-73'*108, September  1972, 53 pp.  NTIS Report No.
AD-751* 261.

           Oil spill behavior In an  Arctic winter environment was  investigated
using several small controlled oil  spills during January 1972 on  the Bering Sea in
Northwestern Alaska.  To duplicate  a  real world spill as closely  as possible, a Prudhoe
Bay crude  oil was  used  as the test  oil.  Investigated were oil spread rate on snow and
Ice, oil absorption into snow and Ice surfaces, aging of oil on snow and Ice surfaces,
and effectiveness  of various cleanup  procedures.  The experimental results on oil
spreading  rate validated the theoretical assumption  that only gravity and inertia forces
must be considered when predicting-spread rate.  This rate Is Independent of oil
properties and Is  not affected by temperature.  Absorption of oil into the snow or ice
surface Is minimal; the only substantial penetration was found where a physical surface
Indentation existed.  The temperature differential between the oil upon spilling and
the surface causes  a melting and refreezing of the snow surface, blocking pore channels.
Che aging  rate of  oil on Ice Is decreased when compared to temperate climate aging.
towever, the winter aging rate Is significant and should not be discounted.  It has
seen determined that the density of crude oil will Increase with time, eventually
secomlng more dense than sea Ice (.901 gm/ml) and sea water (1.0k gm/ml).  Artificial
cleanup agents such as  sorbents, dispersants, surface active agents, and burning agents
are of little or no practical use in  extreme temperature (cold) conditions found In the
Irctlc winter.  Burning agents were found to Increase the cleanup effort required due
to the additional residue contributed by the agents themselves.

:HDEX TERMS;  Ice cover, Snow cover, On-site tests. Oil spills. Crude oil, Ftte of pollutants
'                                    '—	-
            AMIC-7l+3l*
            PRELIMINARY REPORT, (RV THOMAS G] THOMPSON CRUISE 66)", Campbell, S., Millar, R. M.,
            Owens, T., University of Washington, Department of Oceanography, Seattle, Washington,
            Report Noa. PCR-66, Ref-M72-28, Contract No.  N 0001U-67-A-0103-001U, Grant No.
            NSF-CA-2U875, May 1972, 9 PP.  NTIS Report No. AD 75U 81*3.

                      Cruise 66 of the Thomas G. Thompson was the sixth in a series of cruises to
            the oxygen deficient waters of the eastern tropical North Pacific Ocean.   The major
            objectives of the cruise were to:  (a)  provide Information  on the variability of the
            transport of the products of denitrlflcation  out of the oxygen deficient  region and
            determine the magnitude of the transport of these products  by the California
            Jhdercurrent.  (b)  provide nitrate and  nitrite data from a  number of areas where such
            information was previously unavailable,  (c)  determine whether or not gaseous nitrogen
            is the main sink for the nitrate consumed during denitrlflcation by the precise
            measurement of N/Ar and N-lU/N-15 ratios, dissolved and partleulate organic nitrogen,
            nitrate and nitrite,  (d) estimate respiration rates by obtaining profiles of the
            ictlvlty of the respiratory electron transport system both  as a function  of depth and
            Latitude,  (e)  determine the effects of pressure and temperature on the electron
            transport system, and (f) obtain depth  profiles of chlorophyll In plankton.  The
            nethoda employed for the analyses are briefly described.  However, no data are included.

            INDEX TERMS:   Dentrlflcatlon, Sea water. Nitrates,  Chlorophyll, Respiration,  Nitrites,
                  Electron transport.

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
"NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS OF BOTTOM SEDIMENTS", Moore, H. V., Propheter, 0. W.,
U. S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Southeast Environmental Research Laboratory,
Athens, Georgia,  Report No. EPA-R2-73-009, March 1973» 20 pp.

           Instrumental neutron activation analysis (INAA) was applied to bottom
sediments  obtained from 17 Igcations (small and large rivers, a canal, coastal waters,
and a  bay) within the United States to determine the applicability of INAA to water
pollution  studies.  Irradiations  of 30 seconds and 60 minutes, followed by three
pulse-height analyses of gamma radiation, detected and measured up to U3 elements
Including  most elements of Interest.  Decay times did not exceed seven days.  Sample
handling was minimal.  Elements readily analyzed are Al, As, Au, Ba, Br, Cl, Co, Cr,
Dy, Fe, K, La, Mg, Mn, Na, Sb, Sm, Th, Tl, and V.  Elements that could be analyzed,
but for which optimum conditions  of analysis (length of Irradiation, time of decay,
time for counting, and type of detector) were not used, were Ag, Ca, Cd, Ce, Ca, Cu,
Eu, Hf, Hg, I, Lu, Mo, Nd, Rb, Se, Sr, Te, U, W, Yb, and in.  At least 30 elements can
be determined in  duplicate for about ISO dollars per sample with optimum laboratory
utilization and number of samples.

INDEX  TERMS:  Chemical analysis,  Soil analysis, Bottom sediments, Methodology,
       Pollutant Identification, Aquatic soils, Rivers, Bays, Saline soil. Canals, Heavy
       metals. Alkali metals, Alkaline earth metals. Water pollution. Halogens,
       Instrumental neutron activation analysis, Rare earth elements, Coastal waters,
       Saimole preparation.
AMIC-7W*2
"RUNOFF OF OILS FROM RURAL ROADS TREATED TO SUPPRESS DUST", Freestone, F. J., U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Edison Water Quality Research Laboratory, Edison, New
Jersey, Report No. EPA-R2-72-05U, October 1972, 29 pp.

          Two rural roads in Readlngton Township, Hunterdon County, New Jersey
which have been treated with waste crankcase oils, were examined to determine whether
the oil leaves the road and If so, the possible effects on surrounding land and water.
The history of the olllngs and the types and application rates were reviewed.  Test
roads were sampled to determine the concentration of oil vs. depth and to calculate
the loss of oil to other areas via volatilization, runoff, blodegradatlon, adhesion to
vehicles, and dust transport.  Runoff studies were conducted In the laboratory with
simulated rain on oiled road samples.  Since waste crankcase oil contains up to 1
percent lead, samples of soil, plants, water and aquatic organisms (mayflies, stoneflles,
craneflles, blackflles, caddisflies, and crayfish) surrounding the oil-treated roads
were analyzed for lead concentration.  Analyses indicated that roughly one percent of
the total oil estimated to have been applied remains on the top Inch of road surface
material, that oil penetration below the top Inch of road was minimal, and that lead
was concentrated (approximately 200 mg/kg) In the top inch of road material.
Laboratory weathering experiments Indicate an estimated maximum weathering loss of oil
from a road would be approximately 18 percent.  Rain runoff studies on simulated rural
road surfaces Indicated two mechanisms by which oil Is transported from the road:
leaching of the oil by flotation, and flotation of oil-wet soil particles.  The
greatest oil transport is during the first few rains after oil application with
continuous, low level leaching during each subsequent rain.  Analysis of soil samples
taken from a field subjected to runoff from an oiled road showed significantly higher
                                                                                          AMIC-7UU2 (Continued)
                                                                      Card 2/2
lead content than soil taken from a field 150 feet from the road.  Soil plant and
water samples surrounding the roads contained lead concentrations which apparently
resulted from the road oiling.  No conclusions could be made regarding lead
concentrations in aquatic organisms.

INDEX TERMS:  Environmental effects, Oil pollution, Roads, Lead, Aquatic Insects,
      Crayfish, Runoff, Road oiling, Crankcase oil, Transport, Mayflies, Blackflles.
AMIC-7W2
"A dURVEY OF DISPERSION COEFFICIENTS POR ESTIMATING POLLUTANT TRANSPORT",  Keen, K.,
Grumman Aerospace Corporation, Bethpage, New York,  Report No. RM-562, December 1972,
kO pp.  NTIS Report No. AD-75U 010.

          A review is presented of a number of studies dealing with the
diffusion and dispersion of pollutants in oceans, In rivers, and In estuaries.
Details of the mathematical models are discussed.  Experimental methods for neasurlng
dispersion are also considered.  These generally employ a tracer such as a dye or a
radioactive material which Is observed at certain distances.  Although a number of
attempts have been made, the author concludes that no reliable analytical  method
exists for defining the dispersion coefficient In estuaries.

INDEX TERMS:  Methodology, Mathematical models, Measurement, Reviews, Pollutants,
      Oceans, Rivers, Estuaries, Dispersion coefficients.

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
"PROGRESS REPORT OF RESIDUE STUDIES ON ORGANIC ARSENICALS USED TOR DITCHBAHK WEED
CONTROL", Salman, H. A., Hartley, T. R., Summers, A. D., Bureau of Reclamation, Denver
Colorado, Report No. REC-ERC-72-37, November 1972, 8 pp.  NTIS Report No. PB21U-051.

          Monosodlum methanearsenate (M5MA) was applied to the dltchbanks of
full and devatered irrigation systems on the Rio Grande Project to control dltchbank
weeds and to determine the MSMA residues In Irrigation water.  Information obtained
vas to provide support for the registration of organic arsenlcals used for weed control
along full and/or dewatered dltchbanks.  Water samples were analyzed for total arsenic
content after sulfurlc-nltrlc acid digestion by the sliver dlethyldlthlocarbamate
method.  Maximum arsenic concentrations found In the first water released through
devatered laterals were 0.51*, 0.12, and 0.29 ppm, dropping below the mandatory U. S.
Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards for arsenic within 10 minutes.  Maximum
arsenic concentrations In full systems following MSMA herbicide application to dltchbanka
were O.l6, 0.17, and 0.86 ppm, but dropped rapidly after a period of time.  Test results
show that low levels of arsenic occur In Irrigation water for short periods of time
following dltchbank applications of MSMA.  Theoretical calculations Indicate that from
0.002 to O.OU Ib of arsenic per acre of treatment could reach the farmland during a
2U-hour period using 6 Inches of Irrigation water.

INDEX TERMS:  Water analysis, Irrigation canals, Weed control, Irrigation water,
      Monosodlum methanearsonate, Sample preparation.
"THE STUDY OF THE PHOTODEGRADATION OF COMMERCIAL DYES", Porter, J. J., Clemson
University, Department of Textiles, Clemson, South Carolina, Report No. EPA-R2-73-058,
March 1973, 91* PP.

          The stability of thirty-six different commercial dyes In water to
visible and ultraviolet light from a carbon arc has been studied.  The dyes were
selected on the basis of their Importance in the textile Industry from six major
classes: basic, acid, direct, vat, disperse and sulfur dyes.  A comparison Is made
for two of the dyes between laboratory fading rates and fading rates in natural
sunlight.  Both dyes degraded at least 10 times more rapidly in artificial light than
In sunlight.  Some previously identified degradation products of Basic Green I* were
confirmed, and a mechanism of their formation was proposed.  A significant difference
in degradation rate was observed between water-soluble dyes and pigment dispersions.
This study showed that most commercial colors are resistant to photodegradatlon and
many weeks would be required to produce appreciable dye degradation In a natural
aquatic environment.

INDEX TERMS:  Kinetics, Gas chromatography, Mass spectrometry, Spectrophotometry,
      Photodegradatlon, Sample preparation, Chemical structure, Basic dyes, Direct dyes,
      Vat dyes, Acid dyes, Disperse dyea, Sulfur dyes.
AMIC-7U92
"A SHORT SURVEY OF THE ENVIRONMENT AT THE DUMPING SITE FOR SANTA CRUZ HARBOR DREDGING",
Arnal, R. E., California State University, Moss Landing Marine Laboratory, Fresno,
California, Report No. CASUC-MLML-TP-72-06, Grant No. 2-35137, 1972, ifl pp.  NTIS Report
No. COM 73 10160.

          A short survey was conducted of a small craft harbor In Santa Cruz
by Moss Landing Marine Laboratories at the dumping site of dredge spoil prior to
dumping.  Some monitoring was also done at the dumping site during dredging operations.
Dredging vas performed with a pipe dredge that delivered the dredge spoil by means of
a floating pipeline more than 3,000 feet long to the dumping site where the end of the
pipe vas always located near the bottom.  Surface water current measurements were made
at bl-veekly Intervals for a full yearly cycle.  A total of 60 samples were collected
at the dredge site; U9 were processed by mechanical analysis for sedimentary
  aracteristlcs.  The percentage of organic content of the sediment was determined by
the rapid potassium dlchromate oxidation method (Allison, 1935).  The survey of benthlc
fauna vas conducted by sampling with a Peterson grab using a 25-foot Inboard motor boat
equipped vlth a hydraulic winch.  Samples were preserved in 10 percent buffered
formaldehyde, dyed with Rose Bengal, processed by sieving, sorted according to major
groups, and the blomass calculated.  The sediment at the dredge site has a very high
organic content regardless of the size of the sediment particles.  There was also a
high blomass value at the disposal site and surrounding area.

INDEX TERMS:  Benthlc fauna. Dredging, Bottom sediments, Monitoring, Surveys, Bottom
      sampling, Organic matter, Biomass, Environmental effects, Soil analysis, Santa
      Cruz Harbor, Marine environment.
AMIC-7UQ8
"ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF LAKE ONTARIO LIMNOLOGICAL AND RELATED STUDIES - VOL. Ill -
PHYSICAL", Baldwin, J., Sweeney, R. A., State University College at Buffalo, Great Lakes
Laboratory, Buffalo, New York, Report No. SPA-R3-73-028c, March 1973, 207 pp.

          Four hundred thirty-nine C*39) papers concerning physical aspects of
Lake Ontario and Influent tributaries were reviewed and abstracted.  Each paper was
cross indexed by author, geographic area of lake and/or tributary in which study was
performed, parameters, techniques and Instrumentation.  In addition, a list of
addresses for the authors and agencies vas Included along vlth other possibly pertinent
references which the authors were not able to secure and review within the time
limitations of the grant.

INDEX TERMS:  Bibliographies, Documentation, Lake Ontario, Publications, Data collections,
      Physical properties, Instrumentation, Methodology, Physical limnology.
                                                                                       Trf

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7506
"REMOVAL OF OIL  FROM WATER SURFACES BY SORPTION OH UNSTRUCTURED FIBERS", Johnson, R. P.,
Manjrekar, T. G.,  Halllgan, J.  E., Envlronnental  Science and Technology, Vol. 7, No. 5,
Kay  1973, PP U39-W»3.

          The capacity of  unstructured fibers  to  remove crude oil  from  seawater
was  found to be  related  to the  chemical  composition and surface properties of the
fibers as well as  the concentration,  specific  gravity, and  temperature  of the crude oil.
The  sorptlon capabilities  of  cotton exceeded those observed for all of  the other
synthetic and natural fibers  tested.  The amount  of oil sorted Increased as the denier
of the fiber decreased for all  of  the materials tested.  For the data available, the
critical surface tension of the solid sorbent  was also related to  the amount of oil
sorted.  Cyclic  sorptlon/desorptlon studies indicated that  a simple squeezing operation
was  sufficient to  remove most of the  oil sorted on the fibers and  that  recycling was
feasible.

INDEX TERMS:  Sorptlon,  Oil spills, Sea  water, Methodology, Oil pollution, Fibers (planti
      Physical properties, Oil  removal,  Crude  oil, Unstructured fibers, Synthetic fibers,
      Natural fibers, Cleanup.
AMIC-7507 (Continued)
Card 2/2
INDEX TERMS:  Nitrogen, Sulfur, Carbon, Phosphorus, Chemical analysis, Methodology,
      Aqueous solutions, Hydrogenation, Chemical reactions, Biological materials,
      Chemical composition, Sample prepatatlon. Hydrides, Plane photometric gas
      chromatography, Precision, Electrolytic conductivity gas chronatography.
AMIC-7507
"DETERMINATION OF NITROGEN, SULFUR, PHOSPHORUS, AND CARBON IN SOLID BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS
VIA HYDROGENATIOW AND ELEMENT-SELECTIVE DETECTION", Morton, A. D., Shults, W. D., Meyer,
A. S., Matthews, D. R., Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 7, No. 5, May 1973,
pp 1*1*9-1*51.

          A rapid method for the  simultaneous determination of nitrogen (N),
sulfur (S), and carbon (C), and for the separate determination of phosphorus (P), in
solid biological field specimens  has been developed.  No pretreatment of the samples
other than freeze, or oven-drying and grinding to less than 'O mesh is required.
Samples are weighed Into quartz boats and introduced Into a Dohrmann pyrolyzer that
contains a platinum catalyst through which hydrogen flows and serves as both reactant
and carrier.  The elements N, S,  P, and C are reduced to their respective hydrides.
The effluent from the pyrolyzer is split: one portion passes to a flame photometric
detector which responds to H2S, PH3, and CH**; the other portion passes to a Coulson
electrolytic conductivity detector which responds to NH3.  The average coefficient of
variation for triplicate determinations of forest floor litter, the most conmon field
specimen, is l.U percent for C, 5.8 percent for N, and 5.5 percent for S.  Analysis
tine, exclusive of weighing and purging, is 6-8 minutes per sample with an 8-hr load
of 25 samples, Including the necessary standards.  This system of pyrolysis and catalytic
hydrogenatlon win reduce P, S, N, and C in Inorganic compounds also.  Water solutions
of sodium sulfate, sulfurlc acid, phosphoric acid, copper sulfate, sodium nitrate, and
potassium dlhydrogen phosphate were Injected into boats and the water was allowed to
evaporate before inserting the boat Into the hot zone of the pyrolyzer.  The response
of the detector to the elements was approximately the sane as that for equal amounts of
the organically based elements.
AMIC-7509
"MEASUREMENT OF EXCHANGEABLE INORGANIC PHOSPHATE IN LAKE SEDIMENTS", LI, W. C.,
Armstrong, D. S., Harris, R. F., Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 7, No. 5,
May 1973, PP 1+5^56.

          The amounts of Isotoplcally exchangeable Inorganic phosphate In a
range of Wisconsin lake sediments were measured in two contrasting (long- and short
term) equilibration systems.  The systems differed in equilibration times, oxidation
reduction conditions, and the degree of agitation.  Total sediment P was determined by
Na2C03 fusion, total organic P by the Mehta extraction procedure, and total inorganic
P as the difference between total P and total inorganic P.  Dissolved inorganic P in
sediment extracts and in sediment-water equilibration systems was measured by the
method of Murphy and Rlley (1962).  Levels of total exchangeable Inorganic P were
similar for the two systems, Indicating that the simplified short-term equilibration
method was suitable for routine measurements of exchangeable Inorganic P.  Differences
between the two systems In the distribution of exchangeable P between the solid and
solution phases were apparently related to differences in oxidation-reduction
conditions.  Exchangeable Inorganic P ranged from 18-65 percent of the total inorganic
P In the sediments investigated.

INDEX TERMS:   Phosphates, Lake sediments, Methodology, Measurements, Pollutant
      identification. Sediment-water equilibration systems.

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL AMD CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7511
"UURAPURITY IN TRACE ANALYSIS", Mitchell, J. W., Analytical Chemistry, Vol.
May 1973, PP U92-500.
"*5, No. 6,
          In this report an attempt Is made to provide a current reference for
analytical chemists, materials scientists, and others responsible for the preparation
or practical characterization of ultrapure materials.  A summary of procedures used
in this laboratory for trace analysis and other recent advances In methods and
techniques ore presented, major obstacles to extending the limits for determining
trace elements are discussed, and developments required In the future are treated.

INDEX TERMS:  Analytical techniques, Trace elements, Reviews, Quality control, Chemical
      Interference, Reagents, Ultrapure water, Blanks, Sample preparation, Detection
      limits.
AMIC-7513
"COPPER DETERMINATION  IK WATER BY STANDARD ADDITION PCTEOTIOKETRY", Smith, M. J.,
Manahan, S. E., Analytical Chemsltry, Vol. 1*5, No. 6, Kary 1973, pp 836-839.

          Potentlometric techniques are described which are applicable to the analysis
of tap water and natural waters  for very low levels of copper.  An Orion Model
94-29A solid-state cupric ion electrode was used in the analysis.  Tap water samples
were analyzed directly from the  tap; natural water samples were first filtered, a
conplexing antloxldant buffer (CAB) was added, and the potential was allowed to
equilibrate.  The initial electrode potential and the potentials after each of 3
additions of standard  Cu were recorded.  The determination of copper In water samples
using standard addition techniques with an Ion selective electrode was facilitated
through the use Of CAB.  With the method, copper in tap water haa been determined at
concentrations down  to 9 ppb.  Copper at a level of 9.0 ppb added to natural water
samples containing between 3.3 and U6.8 ppb was analyzed with an average percent
recovery of 102.9 percent and a  relative standard deviation of 7.5 perecent.
Reagent purity is a  major limiting factor in the analysis, and detailed directions are
given for preparing  the copper-free reagents required In the analysis.

INDEX TERMS:  Copper,  Potable water, Water analysis, Methodology, Chemical analysis.
      Natural waters,  Standard addition potentlometry, Trace levels, Cupric ion
      electrode, Chemical recovery.
AMIC-7511*
 ANODIC STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRY AT A TUBULAT MERCURY.-COVERED GRAPHITE ELECTRODE", SeltZ,
W. R., Jones, R., KLatt, L. N., Mason, W. D., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. Uj, No. 6,
May 1973, PP 8IJO-8UU.

          A procedure was developed for preparing a tubular mercury-covered
graphite electrode (TMCGE) for doing anodic stripping voltamnetry (ASV) In flowing
system.  The TMCGE was evaluated using thallium in the presence of .01 M EDTA to mask
other metals.  The effects of varying plating potential, plating time and flow rate on
the TI stripping peak were as theoretically expected, and linear calibrations of TI
peak height va concentration were obtained over the ranges 2-10 times 10 to the minus
7 M, 2-10 times 10 to the minus 8 M, and 2-10 tines 10 to the minus 9 M at plating times
of 3, 8 and 30 minutes, respectively.  The current at any point in the tubular electrode
with a flowing system Is proportional to one over the cube root of the distance from
the upstream end of the tube.  Since the upstream end of the TMCGE has the highest
current density of any point in the tube, impurities accumulate In this region causing
this part of the mercury surface to deteriorate more rapidly.

INDEX TERMS:  Water analysis, Sea water, Calibrations, Anodic stripping voltamnetry,
      Thallium, Masking, Chemical Interference, Tubular mercury-covered graphite
      electrode.                         .
             AMIC-7515
             "DETERMINATION OF PHENOLS AND AROMATIC AMINES BY DIRECT TITRATION WITH BROMINE  IN
             PROPYLENE CARBONATE", Krause, R. D , Kratochvll, B., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5,
             No. 6, May  1973, pp 8UU-8148.

                       Propylene carbonate is used as a medium for bromine substitution
             reactions.  A series of aromatic amines and phenols were determined with accuracies
             of about 1  percent and precisions of a few ppt.  A base such as pyridine must be
             present to  accept protons released in the substitutions.  Advantages Include rapidity
             of the reactions, solubility of reactants and products, and convenient standardization
             of bromine  with solutions of bromide.  The log formation constant of Br3(-) In
             propylene carbonate at zero ionic strength Is 7.37.

             INDEX TERMS:  Volumetric analysis, Phenols, Bromine, Propylene carbonate, Aromatic amines
                   Stolchlometry, 2-Naphthol, p-Nltrophenol, Sallcyclic acid. Methyl sallcylate,
                   p-Cresol, Thymol, Resorclnol, Cresols, Aniline, p-Nitroanlllne, Anthranlllc acid,
                   n-Phenylenediamlne, p-Toluidlne, p-Phenetldtne.

-------
                                                                          1.   PHYSICAL AMD CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7516
"SELECTIVE DETERMINATION OF COPPER (II) IN AQUEOUS MEDIA BY. ENHANCEMENT OF FLASH-
PHOTOLYTICALLY INITIATED RIBOFLAVIN CHEMILUMINESCENCE", Wehry, E. L., Varnes, A. W.,
Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, No. 6, May 1973, PP 8U8-851.
          Copper(II) is determined  in aqueous media (pH 6.0) by measuring its
enhancement of rlboflavln chemiluminescence in systems containing hydrogen peroxide and
p-dioxane.  The chemiluminescence is initiated by flash photolysis of the reaction
system.  The light source employed  was a microsecond-duration xenon flashtube.
Interfering ions are Co(II), Ag(I), Hg(I), and Hg(II); other common metal ions do not
significantly interfere.  The effects of other experimental parameters (anlons, organic
solvents, pH, buffer composition, Initiating flash energy) are evaluated.  The minimum
detectable quantity of coper is 30  nanograms.  The sensitivity and selectivity of llght-
and chemically-induced rlboflavin chemiluninescence methods are compared; the light-
Induced system is concluded to be superior.  The results suggest that flash photolysis,
widely employed in mechanistic photochemistry, also has useful analytical potentialities.

INDEX TERMS:  Copper, Aqueous solutions. Selectivity, Pollutant Identification, Chemical
      analysis, Heavy metals, Cations, Anlons, Alkali metals. Alkaline earth metals,
      Chemiluminescence, Hiboflavin, Flash photolysis, Detection limits, Organic
      solvents. Photochemistry, Chemical Interference, Sensitivity, Complexing agents,
      Precision, Buffers.
AMIC-7520
"GAS CHROMATOGRAPH PEAKS IDENTIFIED ON-LINE BY A NEW GRATING INFRARED SPECTROPHOTOMETER"
Penzias, G. J., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, No. 6, May 1973, pp 890-895.

          A new, double-beam ratio recording grating infrared spectrophotometer
that scans from 2.5 to 15 micrometers in 6 seconds has been developed.  It is designed
to Identify elutlng gas chromatograph fractions on-line for routine analysis.  Heated
sample and reference cells are integral with the spectrophotometer, which utilizes a
rapid-response, room-temperature detector.  The new Instrument was used to record
Infrared spectra of eluting GC fractions of various samples including coatings, paints,
polymers, and other organic compounds (polystyrene film, phenolic epoxy solvent, methyl
ethyl ketone, ethanol, methyl Isobutyl ketone, toluene, n-butanol, m-xylene, o-xylene,
acetone, methanol, Isoamyl acetate, p-tolualdehyde, aniline, and valeraldehyde).
Components of unresolved GC peaks were identified by scanning several spectra during
the elution of a single peak.  Fractions as nm*ii' as 0.02 mlcrollter were identified
(e.g., a 1 percent component of a 2-microllter sample injected into the gas
chromatograph).

INDEX TERMS:   Laboratory equipment, Automation, Organic compounds, Pollutant
      identification, GC-Infrared spectroscopy, Methyl ethyl ketone, Toluene, n-Butanol,
      m-Xylene, o-Xylene, Methanol, Isoamyl acetate, p-Tolualdehyde, Aniline,
      Valeraldehyde, Ethanol, Methyl Isobutyl ketone.
                                                                                       13
AMIC-752U
"NEW PICCGRAM DETECTION SYSTEM BASED ON A MASS SPECTROMETER WITH AN EXTERNAL
IONIZATION SOURCE AT ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE", Horning, E. C., Horning, M. C., Carroll,
D. I., Dzldlc, I., Stlllwell, R. N., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, No. 6, May 1973,
PP 936-9"*3.

          A novel mass spectrometer with an external lonizatlon source can be
used to detect plcogram quantities of compounds of biological interest.  The source
contains a Nl-63 foil, and is at atmospheric pressure.  Samples are introduced In a
flowing gas stream in selected common solvents.  Positive ions are formed by a complex
series of ion molecule reactions.  The ionization reaction for the sample may involve
either proton transfer or charge transfer.  Negative Ions are formed by either
resonance or dissociative capture of thermal electrons, or by ion-molecule Interactions.
In a favorable case (very little absorption on the reaction chamber walls), 5-10
plcograms could be detected by single ion monitoring, and a scanned mass spectrum
could be obtained with as little as 25 plcograms.  The potential uses include
Incorporation Into LC-MS-COM and GC-MS-COM analytical systems.  Cocaine, methadone,
butabarbltal, pentobarbital, phenobarbltal, and secobarbltal were analyzed in
chloroform solvent, 2, 6, dlmethyl-alpha-pyrone and testosterone w=re analyzed in
benzene solvent, and phenobarbltal, hydroxyphenobarbltal, and dlhydroxyphenobarbltal
were analyzed In rat urine extract.

INDEX TERMS:  Pollutant identification, Urine, LC-mass spectrometry, GC-mass
      spectrometry, Detection limits, Cocaine, Methadone, Butabarbltal, Pentobarbital,
      Phenobarbital, Secobarbital, 2 6 dime thy1-alpha-pyrone, Testosterone, Hydro-
      xyphenobarbital, Dihydroxyphenobarbital.
AMIC-7525
"IMPROVED METHOD FOR CHARACTERIZING ENVIRONMENTAL HYDROCARBONS BY GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY",
Zaflriou, 0. C., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, No. 6, May 1973, pp 952-956.

          Routinely correlating environmental hydrocarbons from natural waters
by gas chromatography requires optimal resolution and separation of weathering
resistant components, operational simplicity, and good precision.  Methods for
comparing results from different columns must precede spectral libraries.  A novel
method of protecting columns from sample residues Involves injecting solutions of oil
rich samples into a capillary injection/splitter with disposable glass liner operated
at 175 C; reproducible results are obtained without sample cleanup.  Temperature
programmed OV-101 support-coated open tubular columns and FID detection yield
excellent characterization.  Characteristic signal intensity ratios have long-term
relative standard deviations of 1.8-1* percent, 0.7 percent has been achieved short
tern.  Ratios from three columns were similar enough for comparison directly or with
a standard.  The performance attained Is adequate to correlate artificially weathered
oils with sources and to differentiate most of thirty oils found In a major port.
Extensions and Improvements of the method are discussed.                           *

INDEX TERMS:  Methodology, Pollutant Identification, Water analysis. Oily water. Hydro-
      carbons, Flame lonizatlon gas chromatography. Petroleum products. Crude oil,
      Environmental samples, Precision, Reproduciblllty, Oil characterization, Sample
      preparation.

-------
                                                                          1.   PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7529
"GAS CHROMATOGRAPHIC AHD MASS SPECTROMETRIC STUDIES OF S-ALKYL DERIVATIVES OF N,N-DIALKYL
DITHICCARBAMATES", Onuska, F. I., Boos, W. R., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, No. 6, May
1973, PP 967-971.

          Plane  lonlzatlon gas chromatography and gas chromatography-mass
spectrometry (CC-MS) have been used to separate mixtures by S-alkylated N, N-dlalkyl
dithlocarbamates.  The gas chroraatographlc retention data are tabulated.  A non-polar
liquid phase such as Apiezon L was found to be quite suitable for separation.  The mass
spectral data obtained from the peaks eluted from the gas chromatographic column
provided fragmentation patterns of the respective S-methyl DTC, S-ethyl DTC, or S-n
propyl DTC depending on the alkylatlng agent.  These derivatives are easily separated by
GC.  The electron Impact-Induced fragmentation of the majority of DTC derivatives Is
consistent with  bond rupture directed by the preacence of bivalent sulfur in these
molecules.  It Is very difficult to draw a simple decomposition path using tandem GC-MS
because N,N-dialkyl dlthiocarbamates are thermally very unstable.

INDEX TERMS:  Pollutant Identification, Herbicides, Pesticides, Chemical analysis,
      Separation techniques, GC-Mass spectrometry, S-ethyl N H-dlalkyl dlthiocarbamates,
      Flame lonlzatlon gas chromatography, S-n-propyl N N-dialkyl dithlocarbamates.
AMIC-7535
"2,U,6-TRD?HENYLPYI«LHJM CHLORIDE]  A NEW ORGANIC ANALYTICAL REAGENT FOR THE
DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN AHIONS", Chadwlck, T. C., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, No. 6,
May 1973, PP 985-986.

          A simple synthesis of water-soluble 2,|*,6-trlphenylpyryllum chloride
(TPC) has been devised and a study made of its behavior with a number of anlons.   Of
two gravimetric procedures devised, the one which involves a determination of boric acid
by conversion to tetrafluoroborlc acid and subsequent precipitation has served to
Illustrate the utility of the new reagent, TPC.  The other procedure In olvea a direct
precipitation of perchlorate ion.  TPC was found to give precipitates with Iodide,
thlocyanate, permanganate, dlchromate, and ferrocyanide anlons and also with the anlonlc
chloro complexes of Zn(ll), Sn(Il), Pb(ll), Cd(Il), Pt(lV), and Au(lll).  Fluoride,
bromide, iodate, chlorate, sulfate, and oxalate anlons and the chloro complex of Iron
(III) failed to react with TPC under similar conditions.  These experiments show that
the reagent behaves very much like nitron and the tetraphenylarsonlum, -phosphonlum, and
-stlbonlum chlorides.  Perchlorate analyses were carried out using only a small (25
percent) excess of reagent to ensure complete precipitation.  The precipitate was dried
at 110 C without any apparent decomposition.  Boron analyses were performed using a
modification of the procedure of Lucchesl and DeFord (1957).  It was found necessary
to use a 60 percent excess of TPC solution to ensure quantitative precipitation.
Washing with a saturated, ice-cold, acidified (0.2N HC1) solution of 2,^,6-
triphenylpyryllum tetrafluoroborate yielded satisfactory results in all cases.  Care
must be taken when working with TPC to see that all solutions are acidified because Its
hydrolysis Is fairly rapid above a pH of U.
AMIC-753'*
"LIQUID-LIQUID EXTRACTION OF CADMIUM WITH HIGH-MOLECULAR-WEIGHT AMINES FROM IODIDE
SOLUTIONS", McDonald, C. W., Moore, F. L., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. l»5. No. 6,
May 1973, PP 983-985.

          The extraction behavior of cadmium from acidic and alkaline aqueous Iodide
solutions was studied using four classes of high-molecular-weight amines.  The amines
investigated were Prlmene JM-T, Prlmene 8l-R, Amberllte LA-1
(N-dodecenyltrialXylmethylamlne), Alamlne 336-S (trlcaprylamlne), and Allquat 336-S
(trlcapryljnethylammonlum chloride).  These were dissolved in xylene and converted to
iodide salts.  Preliminary tests were conducted with aqueous solutions containing
Cd-109 labelled cadmium chloride.  With acid solutions, all amines except Prlmene
JM-T extracted quantitatively.  With alkaline solutions, only Allquat 336-S
extracted quantitatively with Primene 8l-R showing very high extractability.  Allquat
336-S, therefore, was used in additional studies to determine the effect of pH,
HI concentration, and concentration of extractant on cadmium extraction.  Ammonium
hydroxide, 5 percent ethylenedlamlne, and 0.1 M cystelne-1 M sodium hydroxide, each
proved to be excellent extractants of cadmium from the Allquat 336-S-I-xylene solutions.
Further studies with solutions containing cadmium and mercury and extracted with
Allquat 336-S-I-xylene showed that the mercury and cadmium could be separated by
stripping the cadmium with ammonium hydroxide or ethylenedlamlne and then stripping
the mercury with alkaline cystelne.

INDEX TERMS:   Separation techniques, Mercury, Cadmium, Aqueous solutions, Radioactivity
      techniques. Amines, Chemical recovery. Stripping.
AMIC-7535 (Continued)
Card 2/2
INDEX TERMS:  Anlons, Chemical analysis. Methodology,  Pollutant identification.
      Gravimetric analysis, Synthesis, Hydrogen ion concentration,  Chemical precipitation,
      Chemical reactions, 2 U 6-Triphenylpyrylium,  Reagents,  Perchlorates,  Boric  acid,
      Accuracy, Experimental error, Ionic Interference.

-------
                                                                              PHYSICAL AMD CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7536
"SIMULATED DISTILLATION OF NARROW,  HIGH BOILING HYDROCARBON FRACTIOUS", Gouw, T. H.,
Analytical Chemistry,  Vol."1*5,  No.  6, May  1973, pp 987-989.
A gr      A  graphical  technique has been used  to obtain data on the average
boiling point and  the  boiling range of narrow  boiling  hydrocarbon fractions for
characterization purposes.  The procedure was  carried  out  In conjunction with a
reasonably good gas  chrooatograph and a device for  integrating peak areas.  The
technique was tested using cuts from the distillation  of two Southern California crude
oils.   Simulated distillation was carried out  using 2  Perkin-Elmer GC units equipped vlth
flame lonizatlon detectors and an Aerograph unit equipped  with a thermal conductivity
detector.  Area integration was carried out with an optical Integrator or a Disc
Integrator.  The average  standard deviations for the three temperatures used were
considerably smaller than the deviations obtained by the ASTM simulated distillation
method.  The described method does not require equipment as sophisticated as what is
necessary for regular  simulated distillation.  It appears  to yield quite precise values
for the average boiling point of narrow boiling, high  molecular weight hydrocarbon
fractions.   The method is obviously also applicable to lower molecular weight fractions;
in this case, it would probably be more appropriate to carry out a complete component
analysis by  gas chromatography.  The described approach should not be regarded as a
replacement  or alternative technique to the ASTM D  2887-T  method; it should be
considered as a complementary method which Is  very  useful  in specific applications.

INDEX TERMS:  Distillation, Methodology, Crude oil, Graphical techniques, Boiling point,
      Petroleum fractions, Flame lonizatlon gas chromatography> Thermal conductivity
      gas chromatography, Reproduclbllity.
AMIC-7539
"IMPROVED DOUBLE DETECTION GAS CHROMATOGRAPH-MASS SPECTROMETER INTERFACE FOR THE ANALYSIS
OF COMPLEX ORGANIC MIXTURES", Bruner, P., Ciccloli, P., Zelli, S., Analytical Chemistry,
Vol. U5, No. 6, May  1973, PP 1002-1006.                            	

          The results are reported that were obtained by modifying an AEI MS 12
mass spectrometer for better gas chromatography - mass spectrometry operation.  The
changes Introduced in the gas lines have been the following: Elimination of every metal
part except the three-way connection at the end of the column, and substitution of the
metal capillary with a glass rod (0.5-nm l.d., 5-nm o.d.) to connect the column to the
separator.  The part of the chroroatograph usually employed for the inlet splitter of
capillary columns injection is used to make the connection with the mass spectrometer.
In this way the Injection port, FID, and the first part of the line connecting the CC
to the MS are placed very close to each other and heated at the sane temperature using
the original heating system given by the manufacturer.  With the modified apparatus. It
Is possible to eliminate the Total Ion Monitor (TIM) recording of the chromatogram using
for this scope FID trace.  By working with the repetitive scanning device operating
continuously during the chromatogram and watching the output of the mass spectrometer
on an oscilloscope, one has only to check the Intensity of the spectrum, and when it
reaches the right value, push the button to record the spectrum of a given
chromatographlc peak on the UV light oscillograph to get it displayed on paper.  The
results of the present work show also that many defects of coupling MS and GC,
attributed to the separator, are actually dependent on the Inefficiency of the gas lines
of the Interface.

INDEX TERMS:  Organic compounds. Instrumentation. Chemical analysis, Laboratory equipment,
      Research equipment, GC-Mass spectrometry, Mixtures.	
              ~~~                                                                   IT
                                     L. J., Carclch, I. G., Water and Sewage Works,
AKEC-75U1
"PHOSPHORUS IN WASTEWATER", Hetllng,
Vol. 120, No. 2, February 1973, PP

          A demonstration of the use of pressure sewers to determine the
proportion of phosphorus contrlbutlve to domestic waste from detergents was conducted
In Albany, New York, using 12 individual, single family homes connected to a pressure
main via grinder-pump units.  All wastewater but extraneous flows (cellar, yard, and
roof drainage) produced was Included in the system during installation.  Using a
specially constructed device, a composite sample was collected dally along with
complementary wastewater flow data and analyzed for total and dissolved phosphorus
daily for 3 weeks.  A non-phosphate, heavy duty soap was then substituted in each
household for their usual phosphorus detergent.  Dally composite samples were collected
and analyzed for a 3-week period.  A W percent reduction of the total phosphorus was
found when phosphorus free soap was used In place of phosphorus detergents.  As
expected, all of this decrease occurred in the soluble form.  The partlculate
phosphorus loading remained essentially constant throughout the experiment.  Removal
of phosphorus from detergent washing products would lower concentrations of phosphorus
in wastewater from the present average of 11 mg/1 to approximately 5 mg/1.

INDEX TERMS:   Phosphorus, Detergents, Waatewater (pollution), Soaps, Chemical analysis,
      Water pollution sources, Domestic wastes, Pressure sever system.
AMIC-75^2
"MERCURY IN PUBLIC SEWER SYSTEMS", Evans, R. L., Sullivan, W. T., Sundar, L., Water
and Sewage Works. Vol. 120, No. 2, February 1973, pp 7U-76.
          A summary Is presented of analyses for total mercury in a limited
number of samples from raw sewages of five municipalities In central Illinois (Creve
Coeur, Morton, Marquette Heights, Washington, and Peorla).   At least ID grab samples
were collected In polyethylene bags from each sewer system near the Intake structure
of the waste treatment facilities.  The samples were preserved with dilute nitric acid
and analyzed for Hg using the flameless atomic absorption method of Hatch and Ott (1968).
Values of total Hg concentrations found In the raw sewages ranged from 0.1 to 7.9 ppb.
The geometric mean of total mercury concentrations In the five public sewer systems in
central Illinois ranged from 1.3 to 1.8 ppb.  Illinois standards stipulate a maximum
concentration of 0.5 ppb of mercury In public sewer systems.  Without lowering the
existing tolerance guidelines for mercury In foodstuffs, paper products, drinking water,
etc, it would appear difficult to comply with Illinois standards.  There appears to be
a background concentration of mercury In public sewer systems solely devoid of industrial
waste Influence.

INDEX TERMS:   Mercury, Pollutant Identification, Sewerage,  Municipal wastes, Waste water
      (pollution). Water quality standards, Flamelesa atomic absorption spectrophotometry,

-------
                                                                         1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-75U6
"POLAROGRAPHIC METHOD FOR NITRATE AMD DISSOLVED OXYGEN ANALYSES", Hwang, C) P., Porsberg,
C. R., Water and Savage Works, Vol. 120, No. U, April 1973, PP 71-71*.

          A polarographlc apparatus with a rapid dropping electrode was
Investigated as a potentially better method to determine nitrate and dissolved oxygen.
Nitrate was found to produce well-defined waves of d-c curves In region of -1.25 v>
however, the recommended measurement of nitrate Is at -l.UO v.  It takes only seven
minutes (five minutes for deaerating, one minute for reading, and one minute for using
the calibration curve) compared to five hours for the phenoldlsulfonlc acid method.
The precision of the polarography method and the phenoldlsulfonlc acid method la plus
or minus 0.27 mg/1 and plus or minus 0.22 mg/1.  Results using the polarograph method
and the azlde modification of the iodometrlc method In the determination of dissolved
oxygen In BOD tests show that the polarographlc method mostly yields the higher values.
The azlde modification requires 30 minutes to get results, the polarographlc method
requires only 2 minutes and, In contrast, can measure DO In the range found In vater,
vastevater, and Industrial vastes.  This method Is not Subject to the usual
Interferences; Its precision In 0.1 N KC1 solution Is plus or minus 0.075 ng/1.

INDEX TERMS:  Nitrates, Dissolved oxygen, Polarographlc analysis, Methodology, Pollutant
      Identification, Chemical analysis, Water analysis, Industrial wastes, Waste water
      (pollution), Phenoldisulfonic method, lodometrlc method, Accuracy, Precision.
                                                                                          AMIC-75tt8
                                                                                          "BOD: DETERMINING THE NECESSARY DILUTION TECHNIQUE", Brown, J. A., Jr., Paul, J., Rice,
                                                                                          L. C., Lines, J. M., Water  and Sewage Works, Vol. 120, No. 5, May 1973, pp 105.

                                                                                                     A method  Is presented whereby the dilutions necessary for the BOD test
                                                                                          are  calculated mathematically with the virtual elimination of trial and error methods
                                                                                          outlined in 'Standard Methods'.   With the simple calculations presented and by utilizing
                                                                                          a few logical assumptions,  the authors state that the BOD sample size can be adequately
                                                                                          calculated. In the Industrial Pollution Abatement Laboratory vhlch performs BOD's at a
                                                                                          rate of about 1200  a year this method has been an Improvement over the trial and error
                                                                                          method of  determining dilution volumes.  The number of tests that have to be repeated
                                                                                          because of Improper dilution has  been greatly reduced.

                                                                                          INDEX TERMS:  Methodology,  Biochemical oxygen demand, Mathematical studies, Measurements,
                                                                                                Water quality, Water  pollution effects, Equations, Chemical oxygen demand,
                                                                                                Dilution technique, Sample  size, Accuracy.
                                                                                          AMIC-75U9
                                                                                          "DDT, DDE, AND POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS IN BIOTA FROM THE GULF OK MEXICO AND
                                                                                          CARIBBEAN SEA—1971", Giam, C. S., Hanks, A. R., Richardson, R. L., Sackett, W. M.,
                                                                                          Wong, M. K., Pesticides Monitoring Journal, Vol. 6, No. 3, December 1972, pp 139-1^3.

                                                                                                    Samples of fish  and crustaceans (shrimp, crabs, and others) were collected
                                                                                          by net and by hook and line from the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea for analysis
                                                                                          of residues of DDT, DDE, and PCS.  Samples were put in mason Jars and frozen until
                                                                                          analysis by gas chromatography.  Fish and crustaceans were analyzed whole except when
                                                                                          fish muscles and organs were removed for separate analysis.  Recoveries were 85
                                                                                          percent or better with spiked samples, and detection limits ranged from 0.1 to 0.3
                                                                                          micrograms per kg wet weight for DDT and DDE and 1 to 3 micrograms per kg for PCB's.
                                                                                          All three compounds were found widely distributed in all biota; however, samples
                                                                                          from coastal areas jpnerally had higher levels than samples from open waters.  The
                                                                                          ratios of DDE to DDT varied widely between samples.  Livers from larger fish generally
                                                                                          contained higher levels of DDE than DDT, possibly indicating the capability of this
                                                                                          organ to metabolize DDT.  Fish liver usually had the highest concentration of all
                                                                                          three compounds and muscle tissue the lowest.

                                                                                          INDEX TERMS:  Pesticide residues, DDT, DDE, Polychlorlnated blphenyls, Crabs, Shrimp,
                                                                                                Marine fish, Biological samples.
AMIC-75"*7
"PROGRESS REPORT ON WATER QUALITY OF LAKE MICHIGAN NEAR CHICAGO", Vaughn, J. C., Reed,
P. A., Water and Sewage Works, Vol. 120, No. 5, May 1973, pp 73-80.

          Data are presented primarily from the South Water Filtration Plant
(SWFP) operating and test Information on various vater quality parameters of Lake
Michigan near Chicago.  These data were compared to the Illinois Pollution Control
Board (IPCB) standards.  The comparisons with the IPCB standards lead, not surprisingly,
to the same general conclusions as those based on the repealed regulation SWB-7.  One
may tentatively conclude that relatively little sewage plant effluent is entering the
lake In the area of interest.  The data do not permit exact analysis or differentiation
but the principal sources of pollution appear to be Industrial wastes and possibly
runoff.  The spotty pattern of changes in concentration, with Improvement In some
respects (collform, phenol, and ammonia nitrogen, as examples) and deterioration In
others, also suggests that the most useful method of further Investigation would
concentrate on investigation of specific possible sources.  Any other approach would
probably be out of date and Inappropriate.

INDEX TERMS:  Water quality, Water quality standards, Lake Michigan, Surveys, Water
      pollution, Bioindicators, Illinois, Water policy, Water properties. Chemical
      indicators.

-------
                                                                          1.   PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7550
"MERCURY RESIDUES IN FISH, 1969-1970 - NATIONAL PESTICIDE MONITORING PROGRAM",
Henderson, C., Inglls, A., Johnson, W. L., Pesticides Monitoring Journal, Vol. 6,
No. 3, December 1972, pp lW*-159.

          As part of the floh monitoring program conducted by the Bureau of Sport
Fisheries and Wildlife since 1967, composite fish samples collected during the fall of
1969 and 1970 wre analyzed for^mercury.  Fl9h were collected using selves, gill nets,
traps, hook and line, and electroflshing.  Three composite samples, each of a different
species and consisting of 3-5 adult fish, were collected at each of 50 monitoring
stations In 1969; similarly, three composite samples and In most cases a replicate
sample of one of the species were collected at each of 100 stations in 1970.  Stations
were located on major rivers and lakes throughout the United States.  Samples were
wrapped In foil, frozen, and shipped to a laboratory for analysis by atomic absorption.
Each composite was thawed, cut in small pieces, homogenized In a food chopper, digested,
and analyzed by the cold vapor technique.  Total mercury residues equal to or exceeding
the sensitivity level of 0.05 ppn were found In 129 of the lUj samples in 1969 and 373
of the 393 samples In 1970.  Values ranged from less than 0.05 to 1.25 ppm In 1969
samples and from less than 0.05 to 1.80 ppm In 1970 samples.  Analyses by two different
laboratories of 1»0 selected samples from the 1970 collection gave comparable results.
Analyses of 2U selected 1970 samples Indicated that 90 percent or more of the mercury
In fish was in the form of methyl mercury.

INDEX TERMS:  Mercury, Freshwater fish, Marine fish. Biological samples, Sample
      preparation. Atomic absorption spectrophotometry, Methylmercury.
AMC-7551 (Continued)
Card 2/2
Dursban {Trademark) in the same organisms reported above.  Data collected on residues
in organisms at various periods after treatment and persistence periods for these
pesticides In substrates of Intertldal sand, salt marsh sod, salt marsh mud, and seawater
are also discussed.

INDEX TERMS:  Pesticide toxlclty, Dlazlnon, Pesticide residues, Gas chromatography.
      Fish, Clams, Crabs, Snails, Oysters, Persistence, Sand, Mud, Water, Separation
      techniques, Dursban, Biological samples, Sample preparation, Polychaetes.
AMIC-7551
"DURSBAN (TRADEMARK) AND DIAZINON RESIDUES IN BIOTA FOLLOWING TREATMENT OF INTERTIDAL
PLOTS ON CAPE COD - 1967-69", Marganlan, V. M., Wall, W. j., Jr., Pesticides Monitoring
Journal, Vol. 6, No. 3, December 1978, pp 160-165.
          This paper reports the results of a 3-year study (1967-69) conducted on Cape
Cod, Massachusetts, to determine if the use of Dursban (Trademark) and dlazlnon for
control of larvae of Culicoldes melleus breeding In Intertldal sand, C. nollensls and
C. furens breeding In salt marsh mud, and Tabanus nlgrovlttatus and T. lineola breeding
Tn salt marsh sod, would result in harmful effects to nontarget organisms and to
determine residue levels In the intertldal biota.  Nontarget organisms sampled included
oligochaetes, polychaetes, clams, oysters, mussels, snails, crabs, prawns, periwinkles,
and kllllflshes.  Analytical methods were developed which consisted of blending samples
of biota, sand, mud, or water with acetonltrlle and petroleum ether.  Samples were
extracted three times with both extractants, treated with saturated NaCl solution and
distilled vater.  The two aqueous layers were then treated with petroleum ether, and
the ether phases combined and dried.  The ether extracts were concentrated with nitrogen
and subjected to gas chromatographlc analysis.  The detection limit was 0.01 ppm; the
precision was 6 percent; and recovery ranged from 80-85 percent.  The results shoved
that 1 percent granular Dursban (Trademark) applied manually at an optimum concentration
of 0.05 Ib/acre controlled Culicoldes larvae effectively with no noticeable harm to
fiddler crabs or other organisms.Residues recovered ranged from trace amounts to 2.30
ppm in white ollgochaete, 2.58 ppm In ribbed mussel, I*.62 ppm in fiddler crab, lU.O ppm
in horsefly, and 15-7 Ppm In marsh snail.  Two percent granular dlazlnon applied manually
at 0.20 Ib/acre controlled Culicoldes effectively, but killed small sand organisms.  In
general, concentrations of dlazlnon residues recovered were higher than those for
AMIC-7552
"PESTICIDES IN WATER", Bradshaw, J. S., Loverldge, E. L., Rippee, K. P., Peterson, J. L.,
White, D. A., Barton, J. R., Fuhrlman, D. K., et al., Pesticides Monitoring Journal,
Vol. 6, No. 3, December 1972, pp 166-170.

          Gallon-water samples were taken from 15 tributaries and 1 outlet
point of Utah Lake biweekly from March 1 - July 1, 1970, and weekly or semiweekly
through February 1971.  The samples were extracted as soon as possible (within 3 days)
vlth naoograde petroleum ether in a continuous liquid-liquid extractor for Sk hours.
The ether extract was dried, filtered, evaporated to Ifl ml, and analysed for pesticide
residues by electron capture gas chronatography.  Fish caught in the lake were
analyzed by gas-liquid chromatography.  The water samples were found to contain aldrln,
alpha-BHC, gamma-BHC, heptachlor, heptachlor epoxlde, nethoxychlor, DDT, and DDE.
DDE, dleldrln, nethoxychlor, DDT, and BHC were found in the fish analyzed, .with DDE
being the most common.  The smaller and younger fish contained lesser amounts of DDE.
Definite surges of pesticides (1 ppb or more) were shown to enter Utah Lake three
times per year - early spring, late spring, and fall, generally corresponding to the
application times of pesticides by farmers in the area.  The pesticides involved,
were mainly aldrln and BHC In the early spring; heptachlor (plus heptachlor epoxide)
and methoxychlor In the late spring; and aldrin, heptachlor and methoxychlor In the
late fall.

INDEX TERMS:  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, Pesticide residues, Freshwater fish.
      Chemical analysis, Water analysis, Water pollution sources, Insecticides, Water
      sampling, Channel catfish, Carp, White bass, Path of pollutants, Utah Lake,
      Seasonal variation, Sample preparation, Electron capture gas chromatography, Caa
	liquid chromatography, Black bullhead.	

-------
                                                                         1.  PHYSICAL ADD CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7553
"SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND PROBLEMS IN DETERMINING PESTICIDE RESIDUES IN THE HTOROLOGIC
ENVIRONMENT", Feltz, H. R., Culbertson, J. K., PeatlcldeB Monitoring Journal, Vol.  6,
No. 3, December 1972, pp 171-178.

          Diligent use of standardized sampling and analytical techniques Is
essential to meaningful assessments of the occurrence, distribution and fate of
pesticide residues In the hydrologlc environment.  The validity of analytical data and
subsequent 'interpretations are Interdependent and limited to the confidence level of
adequate, representative sampling of various components.  Equally important are
appropriate sample-preservation practices and procedures for sample preparation and
cleanup and identification, measurement, and confirmation of residues.  Analytical
schedules should include pesticides listed in the Revised Chemicals Monitoring Guide
for the National Pesticide Monitoring Program and should be responsive to special
Interests.  Samplers are available for collecting acceptable water, fluvial material,
and bottom-material samples in about 75 percent of the river miles and in lakes and
estuaries throughout the United States; however, more experience is needed in sampling
hydrosols and low intensity deposits at the active vater-sediment Interface.

INDEX TERMS:  Aquatic environment, Pesticide residues. Methodology, Equipment, Sampling,
      Pollutant identification. Data Interpretation, Sample preservation.
                                                                                           AMC-7557
                                                                                           "RESIDUES OF CHLORINATED HYDROCARBON PESTICIDES  IN THE NORTHERN QUAHOG(HARD-SHELL CLAM),
                                                                                           MERCENARIA MEBCENARIA-1968 AND 1969", Check, R.  M., Canarlo, M. T., Jr., Pesticides
                                                                                           Monitoring Journal, Vol. 6, No. 3, December 1972, PP 229-230.
                                                                                                     Samples of the northern quahog (hard-shell clam), Hercenarla mercenaria.,
                                                                                           were collected monthly,  when possible, from September 1968 to September 1969 at five
                                                                                           locations In Narragansett Bay,  Rhode  Island, and one  location In nearby Mount Hope Bay.
                                                                                           The  clams were shucked and drained; a 300-g composite sample of meat (lU-lfl clams from
                                                                                           each location) was blended until  homogenized, and  frozen until analysis by electron
                                                                                           capture gas chromatography.  All  pesticides residues  found were confirmed by thin layer
                                                                                           chromatography using precoated  aluminum  oxide C plates.  All 56 composite samples conta
                                                                                           contained dieldrin at an average  level of O.OUo ppm;  p,p'-DDD was present in three s
                                                                                           samples at an average level  of  0.026  ppm.  Quahogs from upper reaches of Narragansett
                                                                                           Boy  contained higher levels  of  residues  than samples  from lower Bay areas.

                                                                                           INDEX TERMS:   Pesticide  residues,  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, Pollutant
                                                                                                 identification, Clams, Chemical analysis. Sampling, Mercenaria mercenaria.
                                                                                                 Northern quahog. Macroinvertebrates. Animal  tissues, Thin layer chromatography,
                                                                                                 Electron capture gas chromatography, Sample  preparation.
                                                                                          AMIC-7561
                                                                                          "PETROLEUM HYDROCARBONS IN PATTY ACIDS IN WASTEWATER EFFLUENTS", Farrlngton, J. W.,
                                                                                          Qulnn, J. G., Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, Vol. 1*5, No. U, April 1973,
                                                                                          pp 70U-712.

                                                                                                    Samples of the effluent from three secondary treatment plants were surveyed to
                                                                                          determine fatty acid and hydrocarbon distributions and concentrations.  The samples were
                                                                                          obtained In glass containers with aluminum-lined caps.  Lipid extracts were obtained by
                                                                                          either (1) extracting the acidified effluent with chloroform, saponifying the llpld
                                                                                          residues with 0.5 N KDH in (1:1) benzene:methanol, acidifying the saponified extract,
                                                                                          and partitioning the liplda into petroleum ether; or (2) refluxlng subsamples with 0.5
                                                                                          N KDH in (1:1) benzene:methanol, acidifying the extract and partitioning the llplds into
                                                                                          petroleum ether.  Patty acid analysis was carried out using flame lonizatlon gas
                                                                                          chromatography.  Hydrocarbons were also analyzed by gas chromatography after isolation
                                                                                          from the effluent llpld extracts by column and thin-layer chromatography.  The analyses
                                                                                          confirm that the predominant fatty acids ratios in effluents are 16:0, 18:0, IB: 1.  The
                                                                                          relative abundance of these acids suggests animal fats and vegetable oils as their
                                                                                          sources.  Concentrations of fatty acids ranged from 0.73 to 1*3.05 mg/1.  Petroleum
                                                                                          hydrocarbons are discharged by two of the treatment plants studied.  Hydrocarbon
                                                                                          concentrations ranged from none detected for the effluent of one treatment plant to
                                                                                          16.2 mg/1 for the effluent of another.  These results confirm suggestions that
                                                                                          significant amounts of petroleum hydrocarbons are discharged in effluents.

                                                                                          INDEX TERMS:  Waste water (pollution), Sewage effluents. Pollutant identification.
                                                                                                Sewage treatment, Oil, Separation techniques, Fatty acids, Flame lonizatlon gas
                                                                                                chromatography, Sample preparation, Animal fat. Vegetable oil, Chemical con-
                                                                                                centration.
AMIC-7551*
"OHGANOCKLORINE INSECTICIDES IN SURFACE WATERS IH GERMANY-1970 AND 1971", Herzel, F.,
Pesticides Monitoring Journal, Vo. 6, No. 3< December 1972, pp 179-1B7.
          As part of a series of studies initiated in 1969 to determine the
organochlorlne insecticide content of major waters in the Federal Republic of Germany,
unflltered water and suspended solids were analyzed from approximately 25 sites
sampled in May 1971, and unflltered water was analyzed from 7 sites sampled monthly
from April 1970-June 1971.  As in former studies (June and October 1969, April and
September 1970), the insecticide concentrations found In waters and suspended solids
were almost exclusively In the ppt range (ng/llter).  The compounds found most
frequently were gamna-BHC (llndane) and alpha-BHC; alpha and beta-endosulfan were
detected in the Main, Regnltz, and Rhine Rivers.  DDT and particularly its metabolites
DDD and DDE were found Infrequently except In samples from the Berlin Teltowkanal.
Findings of heptachlor, heptachlor epoxlde, dieldrin, and parathlon (the only
organophosphorous insecticide Included in the study) were rare.

INDEX TERMS:  Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides. Suspended solids, Surface waters,
      Chemical analysis, Water analysis, Pollutant Identification, Insecticides,
      Phosphothloate pesticides, Water sampling. Methodology, Germany, Sample
      preparation, Chemical recovery.

-------
                                                                          1.  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7579
"DISPERSED AND PARTICULATE PETROLEUM RESIDUES IN THE GULF OF ST. LAWBENCE", Levy, E. M.,
Walton, A., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 2, February
1973, PP 261-267.

          Concentrations of petroleum residues both as material In solution or
dispersed through the water column and as fresh oil or tarry particles floating on the
surface In the Gulf of St. Laurence vie re measured during July-August 1971.  Nlskln
samplers were used to collect water samples for dissolved and dispersed oil
determinations from varying depths at stations 1.9, 7.6, and id.5 km from the site
of a sunken barge.  CCl** extracts vere analyzed by fluorescence spectrophotonetry.  The
sea surface was sampled by towing a modified neuston sampler for one nautical mile
at 5-7 knots.  The sample was frozen for later processing and fresh oil was removed
from the net with CClU.  Dissolved and dispersed forms were present In concentrations
generally less than 5 ppb over the southern and western regions while 5-10 ppb were
encountered In the north and east.  A major source of these residues appears to be the
Atlantic water that enters through Cabot Strait, and the distribution of these
materials Is closely related to the circulation of water within the Gulf.  Surface
oil was present at approximately 50 percent of the stations occupied In concentrations
generally less than 100 mlcrograms/sq m but as great as 12,<*00 mlcrograms/sq m In the
vicinity of the sunken barge Whale.  There Is no evidence to Indicate an appreciable
change In concentrations to those of a year ago.

INDEX TERMS:  Water pollution sources, Oil pollution, Oily water, Distribution, Sea water,
      Pollutant Identification, Chemical analysis, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Petroleum
      residues, Fluorescence spectrophotometry.
AMIC-758U
"MERCURY IB THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT: CONCENTRATION  IM SEA  WATER AND IW A PELAGIC
FOOD CHAIN", Williams, P. M.,  Weiss, H. V., Journal of  the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, Vol. 30, No.  2, February 1973, pp 293-295.
  ..  •     To test  the premise that mercury may be  Increasingly concentrated
along successively higher trophic levels of marine food chains and that the
concentration of mercury In the seavater column  Is affected by biological activity,
organisms, -water,  and sediment were collected at one open-ocean (pelagic) station
29 degrees 00.0 minutes N, 122 degrees 31.2 minutes W) 1*30 km southeast of San
Diego, California.  The mercury content of the organisms and sediment was determined
by a  modification  of the neutron activation technique of Johansen and Stelnnes (1969).
The mercury content of the sea water was determined by neutron activation analysis
(Weiss and Crozler, 1972).  The concentration of mercury in zooplankton slightly
Increased with depth of collection.  The mercury content in almost all of the higher
trophic levels of  organisms collected at greater depths was Indistinguishable from
the concentration  of mercury In zooplankton at these depths.  Mercury concentration
In the seavater column was essentially constant  below 100 m and significantly
higher at the surface.  This vertical profile of mercury content is not ascrlbable
to biological activity.

INDEX TERMS:  Mercury, Food chains, Sea water, Neutron activation analysis, Radioactivity,
      Marine animals,- Zooplankton, Water sampling,  Bottom sampling, Methodology, Chemical
      analysis, Crustaceans, Bathypelaglc fish,  Animal tissues. Sample preparation,
      Sample preservation, Biological activity.
AMIC-7580
"ARSENIC, CADMIUM, COPPER, MERCURY, AND ZINC IN SOME SPECIES OF NORTH ATLANTIC FINFISH",
Windom, H., Stickney, R., White, D., Smith, R., Taylor, P., Journal of the Fisheries
Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 2, February 1973, pp 275-279.
AMIC-7592
"A QUANTITATIVE, SEMIROUTINE METHOD FOR DETERMINING ALGAL AND SEDIMENTARY CHLOROPHYLL
DERIVATIVES11, Daley, R. j.. Gray, C. B. J., Brown, S. R., Journal of the Fisheries •
Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 3, March 1973, pp 31*5.356.
          Ninety-one Individuals representing 35 species of North Atlantic
flnfish (Ostelchthyes and Chondrlchthyes) were analyzed for arsenic, cadmium, copper,
mercury, and zinc.  Depending on the size of the fish, muscle samples taken from one
site or varying sites, or the whole body minus the head was analyzed.  As, Cd, Cu,
and Zn were determined by flame atomic absorption; Hg was determined by cold vapor
atomic absorption.  The results Indicate that these metals occur at similar levels
In both Inshore and offshore species.  Chondrlchthyes and Osteichthyes have similar
concentrations of all the metals, excepting arsenic which is higher in Chondrlchthyes.
Analyses of various tissues of Chondrlchthyes reveal higher metal concentrations in
the liver except for mercury which was higher In muscles.

INDEX TERMS:  Marine fish, Cadmium, Copper, Hercury, Zinc, Pollutant Identification,
      Atlantic Ocean, Chemical analysis, Heavy metals. Arsenic, Finflsh, Chondrichthyes,
      Ostelchthyes, Animal tissues, Cold vapor atomic absorption, Atonic absorption
      spectrophotometry, Flame atomic absorption. Sample preparation, Wet ashing,
      Chemical digestion.
          An Integrated quantitative method Is described for the determination
of chlorophylls and chlorophyll degradation products In freshwater phytoplankton and
sediments.  Prior to extraction, algal samples were concentrated by filtration
through glass fiber filters while sediment samples were lyophillzed.  All materials
were extracted In a mixture of acetone, methanol, and water (80:15:5) by
ultrasonlcatlon In a glass extraction chamber refrldgerated at -10 C.  Extracts were
filtered through aolvent-reslstent membrane filters, rather than centrtfuged, and
then fractionated without prior drying by reverse-phase thin-Layer chromatography
on oil-Impregnated layers of kleselguhr 0.  Using three chroratographic systems
consisting of different developing solvents and oil phases (trloleln, parrafin oil,
and castor oil), rapid, artefact-free separations of chlorophylls a, b, and c and
16 of their derivatives vere obtained.  Individual pigments were estimated by direct,
in situ thin-layer scanning with a filter fluorometer.  The sensitivity and
reproductlblllty of the procedure are ca. 2 ng and 11 percent, respectively.  In
routine operation, the method Is fast and relatively simple, a complete analysis
being accomplished In 1.5 hr.

INDEX TERMS:  Algae, Sediments, Methodology, Separation techniques, Phytoplankton, Aquatl<
      algae. Plant pigments. Marine Aalgae, Plant tissues. Chemical analysis, Reverse-
      phase thin layer chromatography. Chlorophyll derivatives, Sample preparation,
      Chlorophyll a, Chlorophyll b, Chlorophyll c, Sensitivity, Reproduclbllity.
                                                                                       19

-------
                                                                         1.  PHYSICAL ADD CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7600
"TOTAL MERCURY AND METHYLMERCURY CONTENT OF THE AMERICAN EEL (ANGUILLA ROSTRATA)",
Freeman, H. C., Home, D. A., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
Vol. 30, No. 3, March 1973. pp
          Two groups of American eels (Angullla ro strata) obtained from the
Medvay River In Nova Scotia were analyzed for the prescence of mercury.  Homogenates
were prepared from about 50 percent of the dorsal raise le using a blender; portions of
the same homogenate were used for both total mercury and methylnercury determinations.
Total Hg and methylraercury were determined In duplicate on each homogenate by the
semiautomated flemeJ.es 3 atomic absorption method of Armstrong and Uthe (1971) and
the oemlmlcro gas-llquld chromatography method of Uthe et al ( 1972) , respectively.
The total mercury content was found to be 0.72 plus or minus 0.05 ppn and the
methylmercury content vas O.Uo plus or minus 0.06 ppm (mean plus or minus SE for
23 fish).  Since the mean total nercury content was less than 1 ppm and the toxic
uethylraercury content was 50 percent of this, or less than the 0.5 ppm guideline,
such eels may be acceptable for human consumption.

INDEX TERMS:  Mercury, Pollutant Identification, Chemical analysis. Marine fish,
      Methylmercury, Anguilla rostrata. Muscle, American eel, Animal tissues, Semlmlcro
      gas liquid chromatography, Flans less atomic absorption spec trophotome try.
AMIC-7602
"PREPARATION AND PROPERTIES OF 3-TOIFLUOHQMETHYL-U-AMIBOPKEHOL'1, Lech, J. J.,
Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 3, March 1973,
pp 
-------
                                                                          1.   PHYSICAL AMD CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7605 (Continued)
Card 2/2
INDEX TERMS:  Mercury, DOT, Polychlorlnated blphenyls, Dleldrln, PoUutant Identifi-
      cation, Marine animals, Manuals, Maine, Canada, Gas chromatography, Sea water,
      Phoca vltullna, Gulf of Maine, Bay of Pundy, Harbor seals, Sample preparation,
      Animal tissues, Atomic absorption.
AWC-7625
"ANALYTICAL REVIEWS 1973/APPLICATIONS"
pp 1R-U03R.
                                                                                                                                  Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1*5, Ho. 5> April 1973.
                              The  following are revlev articles concerned with analytical methods
                     that may be applicable  to environmental studies: (1) 'Air Pollution' by Peter K.
                     Mueller and Evaldo L. Kothny, (2)  'Essential Oils and Related Products* by Ernest
                     Guenther, Gilbert Gllbertson, and  Roman T. Koenlg, (3) 'Fertilizers' by Charles W.
                     Gehrke, Larry  L. Wall,  ST., and Paul R. Rexroad, (U) 'Pesticide Residues' by Wayne
                     Thomburg, (5)  'Petroleum' by Richard W. King, (6) 'Pharmaceuticals and Related
                     Drugs' by David V. Cornish, Daniel M. Grossman, Allen L. Jacobs, Arthur P. Mlchaells,
                     and Ben Salsltz, (7)  'Water Analysis' by Marvin J. Flshman and David E. Erdmann,
                     and (8) 'Food'- by James A Yeranslan, Katherlne G. Sloman, and Arthur K. Foltz.

                     INDEX TERMS:   Analytical techniques, Chemical analysis, Air pollution, Water pollution,
                          Reviews,  Methodology, Documentation, Pollutant Identification, Instrumentation,
                          Pollutants, Organic compounds, Inorganic compounds. Physical properties.
                          Laboratory tests, Reliability, Chemical properties. Radioactivity techniques,
                          On-slte  investigations, Radiochemical analysis, Sample preparation, Collaborative
                          studies.
AMIC-7606
"IDENTIFICATION OF THE CONSTITUENTS OF KRAFT PULPING EFFLUENT THAT ARE TOXIC TO
JUVENILE COHO SALMON (OHCOHYNCHUS KISUTCH)", Leach, J. M., Thakore, A. N.,
Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. U, April 1973,
pp 1*79. W*.
          The nonvolatile constituents that are acutely toxic to juvenile coho
salmon (Oneorhynehus klstuch) have been fully identified In a kraft pulping effluent
derived from Douglas fir and western hemlock.  Toxlcity and material balances were
maintained throughout a fractlonatlon procedure leading to isolation of the toxic
factors.  Fractions were monitored by flame lonlsation gas chromatography and thin-layer
chromatography.  Individual compounds were identified initially by combination GC-mass
spectrometry.  Over 80 percent of the toxiclty was caused by three resin acid soapa:
sodium isoplmarate (55 percent), sodium abietate (22 percent), and sodium dehydroabietate
(5 percent).  The remaining toxiclty (16 percent) was contributed by sodium salts of the
unsaturated fatty acids:  palmitolelc, olelc, llnoleic, and llnolenlc.

INDEX TERRS:  Pollutant identification, Effluents, Pulp wastes, Toxlcity, Juvenile
      fish, Chemical analysis, Coho salmon, Bloassay, Douglas fir trees. Hemlock trees,
      Distillation, Organic compounds, Methodology, Oneorhynehus klsutch, Chemical
      composition, Fatty acids, Resin acid soaps, Flame ionization gas chromatography,
      Unbleached Whitewater, GC-Mass spectrometry, Sample preparation, Thin layer
      chromatography.
                    AMIC-7626
                    "ANALYSIS OF SEA WATER BY DIFFERENCE CHROHATOCRAPHY]  SUMMARY OF PROGRESS  1972",
                    Mangelsdorf, P. C., Jr., Chang, W. M., Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Department
                    of Chemistry, Woods Hole, Massachussets, Report No. COO-3119-1, Contract No. AEC
                    AT(U-1)-3119, 1972, 27 pp.

                              During the past year the principal new developments In work with
                    Difference Chromatography have been: (1) Design and construction of a sturdier model
                    of an In situ interstitial water sampler for collecting undisturbed pore water samples
                    from marine sediments, (2) Successful use of this Instrument at 2U locations across
                    the North Atlantic on the Cork-Woods Hole leg of the R/V CHAIN cruise 105, (3)
                    Discovery that the vater samples collected in-sltu are dramatically different from
                    ordinary sea water and also different from what vias expected, (k) Analysis of a suite
                    of South Atlantic sea water samples taken with close vertical spacing, (5) Overhaul
                    and reconstruction of two existing Difference Chromatographs to Improve their reliability
                    (6) Design and construction of a new separate dual column Difference Chromatograph to
                    permit further development work on anIon analysis, resolution and sensitivity, etc.,  ,
                    without interruption of the analytical program, (7) Further work on the reaction of
                    fluvial sediments with sea water, probably resolving earlier discrepancies in the
                    extent of Ion exchange.

                    INDEX TERMS:  Water analysis, Connate water, Ion exchange, Sulfates, Calcium, Sodium,
                          Magnesium, Potassium, Carbonates, Difference chromatography, Samples.

-------
                                                                              PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS
AMIC-7668
"THE HEAVY METAL CONTENT OF RAINFALL IN THE EAST MIDLANDS", Hallsworth, E. G.,
Adams, W. A., Environmental Pollution, Vol. l», No. 3, April 1973, PP 231-235-

          Analyses of  rainfall  were made between March  1963 and March 196U to determine
whether Irregularities In the growth of clover plants at the University of Nottingham
were due to contamination by fly-ash from power stations In the area.  In order to
test this, a series of small polyethylene funnels were  set up and the rainwater was
collected In polyethylene bottles which were emptied at monthly Intervals or more
frequently depending upon rainfall Intensity.  The rainwater was washed out of the
bottles vrlth distilled water, evaporated to dryness, the weight of dry matter
obtained, and ashed before analysis.  Cu and Co were determined colorlmetrically,
and other constituents by optical spectography.  The disparity recorded between
rainfall and contamination and  the apparent dependence  of the latter on seasonal
factors, such as fog,  suggested that the major contribution to the Input was not
airborne soil.  The differing heavy metal content of the fly-ash and rainfall ash
from the various sources was discussed, the copper and  molybdenum content being
found to be considerably higher at certain sites than at others.  An unusually high
level of lead was noted.

INDEX TERMS:  Heavy metals, Rainfall, Chemical analysis, Water analysis, Air pollution
      effects, Fly ash. Pollutant Identification, Water pollution, Fog, Colorimetry,
      Optical spectroscopy.
AMIC-7669
"STUDIES OF CATION BUDGETS IN THE SOUTHERN APPALACHIANS ON FOUR EXPERIMENTAL
WATERSHEDS WITH CONTRASTING VEGETATION", Johnson, P. L., Swank, W. T., Ecology,
Vol. 5!*, No. 1, Winter 1973, PP 70-79-

          Nutrient fluxes within and  through watershed ecosystems at the Coweeta
Hydrologic Laboratory are under study.  This paper describes the annual budgets
and seasonal fluctuations for selected cations.  Concentrations and flux of cations
moving through a hardwood forest stand, a weed to forest succession, a hardwood
coppice stand and an eastern white pine stand on steep mountain topography are
compared.  Stream discharge was greater by 6 percent for the successions! weed stand,
and 10 percent for the second hardwood coppice, but 15 percent less for the young
pine stand In contrast to pretreatment levels.  Although concentrations for Ca, Mg,
K, and Na combined were usually less  than 3-5 ppm, over 98 percent of the loss of each
cation was In dissolved form on all four watersheds.  Regression analysis showed that
50 to 60 percent of the variations In monthly weighted average concentration was
accounted for by monthly discharge amounts.  Annual losses of the four cations from
the mature hardwood stand were in the amounts of approximately 7, 3, 5 and 10 kg/ha
respectively for the Ca, Mg, K, and Na.  Annual budgets showed net changes to be
-0.8, -1.8, -2.0, and -U.3 kg/ha, respectively, for this mature hardwood ecosystem.
In contrast, the weed stand lost significantly greater amounts, and the young pine
and hardwood coppice watersheds showed a net gain in Ca and significantly lower
losses than the mature ecosystem for  the other three Ions.  These budgets show that
major alterations to these forest ecosystems are not now producing a substantial
out-flux for these cations.
AMIC-7669 (Continued)
Card 2/2
INDEX TERMS:  Cations, Forest watersheds, Discharge (water), Appalachian Mountain Region,
      Physical properties, Demonstration watersheds, Hydrology, Calcium, Magnesium,
      Potassium, Sodium, Mountain forests, Vegetation, Topography, Monitoring, Nutrient
      interchange.
AMIC-7oBl
"OCCURENCE OF FREE AMINO ACIDS IN POND WATER", Zygmuntowa, J., ACTA Hydroblologica.
Cracow, Vol. lU, No. 3, 1972, pp 317-325-
          The qualitative and quantitative variations of ami no acids In ponds were
Investigated with consideration given to the time of day of sampling.  Temperature,
oxygen content, Oxidation potential, and pH were determined at each sampling period by
the method of Just and Hermanowlcz (196U).  The qualitative composition of phytoplankton
was also determined in the examined water samples.  For the determination of the total
amounts of free amlno acids and their quality, the pond water was treated with
chloroform for preservation purposes and subsequently filtered through hard filter
paper in order to remove seston and possible mineral suspension.  After this the water
was passed through a column filled with cathlonlte In hydrogene form (ZerolH 225-5FC-13)
Adsorbed amino acids were eluted with NH3 which was evaporated and the dry residue was
eluted with amlno nitrogen being determined quantitatively using ninhydrin.  Qualitative
determinations were made by means of thin layer chromatography.  Amlno acid content of
the pond was found to vary from some scores to some hundred ppb.  The following amlno
acids appeared most frequently: cystine, aspartlc acid, serlne with glyclne, glutamic
acid, alanine, vallne, leuclne.  The concentration of free amlno acids dissolved in
pond water depends, to a certain extent, on the fertility of the pond, the time of the
day, and the layer In vertical section.

INDEX TERMS:  Amino acids. Water analysis, Chemical analysis. Ponds, Pollutant identifi-
      cation, Nutrients, Methodology, Variability, Quantitative analysis, Thin layer
      chromatography, Sample preparation, Organic nitrogen compounds, Ninhydrin.
See also:  Category 2, AMIC-68U6, 7167, 7"*60, 1U&4, 7'»97, 7500, 7633
           Category 5,
                                                                                       22

-------
                                                                                2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-663U
"A NEW CRAYFISH OF THE SUBGENUS JUGICAMBARUS FROM TENNESSEE WITH AN EMENDED DEFINITION
OF THE SUBGENUS (ASTACIDAB, DECAPODA)", Bouchard, R. W., The American Midland Naturalist,
Vol. 89, No.  1, January  1973, PP  103-111.

          CambaruB crinipes, a new species of crayfish  from the Cumberland
Plateau In Tennessee has been described.  This new species belongs to the subgenus
Jugleambaru3  which has been emended.  Color notes, relationships, distribution, life
history notes and ecological data are given.  A more accurate method of measuring the
carapace is proposed and the use  of the posterior margin of the eplatome as a possible
taxOnOmic structure la introduced.

INDEX TERMS:  Crustaceans, Speciatlon, Crayfish, Invertebrates, Tennessee, Ecology,
      Distribution, Color, Aquatic animals, Life cycles, Juglcambarus, Macrolnvertebrates.
      Decapods, Arthropods, Cambarus (Juglcambarus) crinipes, Cambarus crinipes.
AMIC-707U
"SPRING mTOPLANKrON ABUNDANCE AND PRODUCTIVITY IN GRAND TRAVERSE BAY, LAKE MICHIGAN,
1970", Stoermer, E. F., Schelske, C. L., Santiago, M. A., Feldt, L. E., University of
Michigan, Great Lakes Research Division, Ann Arbor, Michigan, Report Wo. CONF-720U51--2,
Ho. OA-I»507, April 5-7, 1972, 20 pp.  NTIS Report No. COO-2003-1.

          Water samples were taken from twelve stations In Grand Traverse Bay
using a Nansen bottle cast on May 20, 1970, at 5 m and June 13, 1970, at depths of 5 m
from the surface and 1 m above the bottom.  Secchi disc transparencies, partIculate P,
nitrate, silica and carbon fixation rates uere measured.  Phytoplankton cell number
and species composition were determined microscopically.  In May 1970, the phytoplankton
abundance (standing crop) ranged from ll*55 to 3355 cells/ml and Increased significantly
in June from 2500 to 6U69 cells/ml.  The same populations dominated the assemblages
at all stations and estimated diversity of assemblages was relatively high and uniform,
ranging from 2.3 to 2.6 in May to 1.8 - 2.2 In June.  Estimates of primary
productivity in Hay from the same stations ranged from 3.8 mg C/cu m/hr to 9.1 "ig C/cu
m/hr and followed the same general pattern of area! distribution as the standing crop
estimates.  Estimates of primary productivity uere more variable during the June
sampling period, with values ranging from 2.7 mg C/cu m/hr to 13.'t mg C/cu m/hr, with
greatest differences again being between most productive stations in the lower wsst
arm and least productive stations In the upper east arm.

INDEX TERMS:  Standing crops, Primary productivity, Phytoplankton, Diatoms, Water
      sampling, Turbidity, Nitrates, Silica, Phosphorus, Aquatic algae, Seasonal,
      Domant organisms, Species diversity, Grand Traverse Bay, Partlculate matter.
AMIC-66fi6
"BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF LEAD: AN ANNOTED BIBLIOGRAPHY - LITERATURE FROM 1950 THROUGH
1961*.  PARTS I AND II", Campbell, I. R., Mergard, E. C., University of Cincinnati,
College of Medicine, Cincinnati, Ohio, Report No. AP-lflU, Contract No. CPA 22-69-Ufl,
May 1972, 935 PP.  NTIS Report No. PB 210 88U.

          This bibliography has been compiled from several abstract sources and
represents the scientific periodical literature covered by the principal abstracting
and Indexing services.  Books and proceedings of conferences and symposia devoted to
lead and its compounds are also Included.  The material°ls arranged in 10 sections
covering such areas as environmental surveys, plants and animals, man, occupational
exposure, pollution and effects, legal aspects, analytical methods, and chemistry and
technology.

INDEX TERMS:  Lead, Bibliographies, Abstracts, Analytical techniques, Lead radloisotopes,
      Surveys, Pollutant identification, Water pollution effects. Chemical analysis. Soil
      contamination, Documentation, Conferences, Public health. Water pollution, Air
      pollution. Path of pollutants, Human pathology, Phytotoxlcity, Microorganisms,
      Pesticides, Waste water (pollution), Legal aspects, Animal pathology, Ecological
      distribution, Organolead compounds, Toxicology, Pollutant effects, Mobilization,
      Fate of pollutants, Bloaccumulation, Biological materials, Quantitative analysis.
AMIC-7136
"THE HOLE OF NITROGEN IN THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT", Martin, D. M., Coff, D. R.,
Academy of. Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Department of Limnology, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, Report No. ANSP-CLDP-2, 1972, 1(6 pp.  NTIS REPORT No. PB 213 1*96

          A comprehensive, up-to-date overview is presented of the
significance and interactions of various nitrogen compounds within the aquatic
environment.  Sections are included on nitrogen occurrence (flowing water, ground
water, lakes, oceans); mechanics of transformation, uptake and release; sources,
toxlclty, methods of treatment for removal; and association with eutrophlcation and
water quality standards.  The authors, noting that the term "Eutrophicatlon has been
very loosely used In the past," observe that "one of the common results of Increased
nitrogen loading, especially In water-bodies known to previously have had limited
biological productivity due to nitrogen deflclences is, "Eutrophicatlon."  However,
the authors caution against predictive generalization about the response of plants to
any single nutrient applicable to all situations.  Many factors such as turbidity,
predator pressure, thermal effects and availability of complementary nutrients may be
overriding In any given situation.  Their suggestion that "to single out for removal
any one nutrient," or "to recommend a specific treatment method applicable to all
situations is not a realistic stand to take," is veil taken.

INDEX TERMS:  Nitrogen, Nutrients, Aquatic environment, Eutrophlcation, Cycling nutrients,
      Nitrogen cycle, Nitrogen fixation. Water pollution sources, Nitrogen compounds,
      Toxiclty, Absorption, Water quality standards, Path of pollutants, Trophic level,
      file-transformation, Pollutant removal.

-------
                                                                                  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AKtC-7167
"CARBON DIOXIDE DYNAMICS: A RECORD OF ORGANIC CARBON PRODUCTION, RESPIRATION, AND
CALCIFICATION IN THE ENIVETOK REEF FLAT COMMUNITY", Smith, S. V., Limnology and
Oceanography, Vol. 18, No. 1, January 1973, PP 106-120.
          Samples of sea water were collected before and after flowing over the
Enlwetol reef flat and analyzed for alkalinity, pH, and carbon dioxide to determine
whether C02 content could be used to monitor organic carbon production, respiration, and
calcification In the marine environment.  Changes In pH and alkalinity were.used to
partition the C02 changes Into those due to production-respiration and those due to
calcification.  The results shoved that both a transect visually dominated by a mixture
of corals and algae and a transect dominated by an algal turf calcified at an average
rate of U,000 g CaCQ3 per square mile per year, vlth no apparent day-to-night difference,
Although nighttime respiration on both transects vas 0.12 g C per square mile per hour,
the algal transect exhibited a much higher daytime net production rate than did the
coral-algal transect (0.72 vs 0.25 g C per square mile per hour).  Although little
partlculate CaC03 was removed from the reef flat during these studies, these has been
virtually no net CaC03 accumulation there over the last several thousand years.  The
technique applied to flowing water resplrometry Is demanding on present capabilities of
resolution; however, It should be easily applicable In Incubation chambers or In natural
water, low.flow rate situations.

INDEX TERMS:  Primary productivity, Monitoring, Hydrogen Ion concentration. Alkalinity,
      Marine algae, Coral, Respiration, Carbon dioxide, CaalclflcatlOn.
AMIC-7202
"FERROUS IRON AND THE GROWTH OF TWENTY ISOLATES OF PHYTOPKrHORA IKFESTANS IN SYNTHETIC
MEDIA", Cuppett, V. M., Lilly, V. C., Myeologia, Vol. 65, No. 1, January-February 1973,
PP 67-77.

          Twenty Isolates of Phytophthora Infestans grew well In a D-glucose-L-asparaglne
medium containing 1.0 ppm of ferric iron provided that 200mg/llter of L-ascorblc acid
were added.  Under these conditions ferric Iron was reduced to the ferrous state.  Most
of the Isolates reduced ferric iron after variable periods of Incubation.  Growth in
media not containing L-ascorblc acid was associated with the reduction of ferric Iron.

INDEX TERMS:  Cultures, Growth rates, Culture media, Phytophthora Infestans.
AMIC-7203
"FUSCI OP THE CHESAPEAKE BAY AND ITS TRIBUTARIES II.  THE GENUS CONIOSCYPHA", Shearer,
C. A., Mycologla, Vol. 65, Ho. 1, January-February 1973, PP 126-136.

          The morphology and condlum ontogeny of two species of Conloscypha
Isolated from balsa wood submerged in the Patuxent River were studied.  One species
appears to be identical to the type material of Conloacypha lignlcola while the second
is described as a new species.  The description of the genus Conloseypha la emended on
the basis of type and pure culture studies of Conloscypha lignlcola.

INDEX TERMS:  Marine fungi, Systematlcs, Conioscypha lignlcola, Conloscypha varia,
      Patuxent River.
AMIC-7212
TROPKICAL ROLE OF BACTERIA IN THE ECOSYSTEM OF THE CORAL REEF"
Nature, Vol. 2U2, No. 5397, April 6, 1973, PP 1»15-l*17.
Sorokln, Y. I.,
          Mlcorblal blomass determinations at several atolls In the Pacific
Ocean were determined by direct microscopy on stained membrane filters.  Bacteria
production and destruction, photosynthesis of phytoplankton and phytobenthos, and a
quantitative study of the feeding of aquatic animals on bacteria have been made using
C-llt.  These results showed that biomass and production of bacteria were In the range
of those for eutrophic or mesotrophlc lakes.  The rate of destruction of organic matter
usually exceeded the rate of primary production in the surface layers of water and
sediments.  Bacteria cells made up 2-5 percent of the total organic matter of the reef
sediments.  The dally production of raw bacterial biomass in the reef sediments was
about 5-15 g/aq »' of bottom surface.  The high rate of bacterial production nay
provide a significant part of the food of the fauna of the coral reefs.  Experiments
were also conducted in which corals were fed with bacterioplankton and seston labelled
with C-lU.  The evolution of labelled metabolic C02 by corals was used as a measure
of the Intensity of feeding and digestion of labelled bacteria.  All the corals tested
were able to feed on and digest the bacteria at concentrations close to that In the
lagoon.  The data show the Importance of the bacteria population in the metabolism and
productivity of the reef ecosystem.  The Internal function of the bacteria Is nutrient
regeneration and production of partlculate protein food.  The external function may be
the consumption and assumption of external energy.

INDEX TERMS:  Blomasa, Bacteria, Primary productivity, Reefs, Trophic level.

-------
                                                                              2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7280
"COBTIKUOU5 CULTURE OF RHODOTORULA RUBRA; KINETICS OF PHOSPHATE-ARSENATE UPTAKE,
INHIBITION, AMD PHOSPHATE-LIMITED GROWTH", Button, D. K., Dunker, S. S.,
Morse M. L., Journal of Bacteriology, Vol. 113, No. 2, February 1973.PP 599-6U.

          The kinetics of phosphate uptake, growth limitation, and Inhibition of
arsenate transport In Rhodotorula rubra are described in view of their relevance
to mlcroblal processes in dilute aquatic environments.   R. rubra is a pink yeast
which was recently isolated from sea water and ia able to~grow In continuous
culture systems at low pH and at lov phosphate concentrations.  Population density
averages were determined from routine plate counts and with a model B Coulter
counter.  Uptake rates were determined by scintillation counts of P-32-labelled
phosphorus; arsenate vas determined by As-73 labelling.  The yeast was found to be
capable of extended growth at very low phosphate concentrations (Concentration
at one half maximal growth rate was 10.8 nanomoles).  Average intracellular
phosphate concentrations, based on Isotope exchange techniques, were 15 to 200
mllllmoles, giving concentration gradients across the cell envelope of about one
million.  Inability of the phosphate transport system to discriminate against arsenate
transport led to arsenate toxlclty at 1 to 10 nanomoles.  Phosphate competitively
prevented arsenate toxlclty.  Phosphate uptake experiments showed that maximal growth
rates could be achieved with approximately U percent of the total phosphate-arsenate
transport system.  Organisms adapted to a range both of concentration of NaCl and
of pH.  Phosphate Initial uptake rates that were in agreement with the steady-state
flux in continuous culture were obtained by using organisms and medium directly
from continuous culture.  This procedure resulted In rates about 500 times greater
than one in which harvested batch-grown cells were used.  Growth could not be
AMIC-7280 (Continued)
Card 2/2
sustained below a threshold phosphate concentration of 3.U nanomoles.  Equations
are presented for evaluation of growth rate-limiting substrate concentrations In
the presence of background substrate and for evaluating low Inhibitor concentration
Inhibition mechanisms by substrate prevention of Inhibitor flux.

INDEX TERMS:  Kinetics, Phosphates, Absorption, Hydrogen Ion concentration, Inhibition,
      Growth rates, Nutrient requirements, Rhodotorula rubra, Electron transport,
      Arsenates, Bloaccuraulatlon.
                    AMIC-7370
                    "BIOASSAYS OF QUALITY  IN  WATER RESOURCES OF MAJOR IMPORTANCE TO NEW MEXICO", Smith,
                    G. S., New Mexico State University, Department of Animal, Range, and Wildlife Sciences,
                    Las Cruces, New Mexico, Report No. 015, November 1972, 82 pp.  NTIS Report No.
                    PB 213 628.

                              Samples of water  from municipal  supplies, wells, and surface  sources
                    in New Mexico were collected  In polyethylene cans for use in studying the effects of
                    water quality on ruminant and non-ruminant animals.  White mice and rumen microorganisms
                    were used in  the bioassays.   The waters were characterized by electrical conductivity,
                    total dissolved solids, pH, hardness, and  Ca, Mg, Na, K, Cl, (£03, C03, SOU, N03, Cd,
                    Hg, and Pb content.  The  studies showed that with waters which varied In mineralization
                    from less than  100 to  more  than 1*700 milligrams of total dissolved solids per liter,
                    mouse growth  and reproduction were not significantly affected by water  sources, even
                    though precision was'sufficient to detect  differences in growth of about 5 percent from
                    the population  means.  Water  sources markedly affected the degradation of fibrous
                    substrates by rumen cultures, especially when purified cellulose rather than forage
                    (alfalfa hay) was used as the substrate.   The results indicate that the mouse Is
                    Insensitive,  in terms  of  growth and reproduction, to differences in quality of drinking
                    water, at least in regard to  the degree of gross mineralization; whereas, cultures of
                    rumen microorganisms respond  to changes In apparent quality of water which have been
                    poorly documented and  are apparently poorly defined to date.  The data  suggest that
                    mineralized waters in  certain major resources of New Mexico may have greater potential
                    for usage in  animal production than would  be expected from standards of water quality
                    currently in  usage.

                    INDEX TERMS:  Bloassay, Water quality, Potable water. Rumen microorganisms. Mice.
AMIC-7389
"POPULATION STUDIES OF THREE AQUATIC GASTROPODS IN AN INTERMITTENT BACKWATER",
Eckblad, J. W., Hydroblologla, Vol. Ul, No. 2, March 29, 1973, PP 199-219.

          Three snail populations of an Intermittent backwater were studied over a
20-month period, and estimates were made of rate of population change, mean biomass,
annual and summer net production, and survival under conditions of little standing
water.  Lymnaea palustrls and Physa Integra populations were essentially unlvoltlne,
while Gyraulua "parvus appeared to produce several generations during the year.
L. palustrls formed a protective eplphragm and was apparently better suited to
recurrent dry periods that either G. parvus or P. Integra.  The population density
of G. parvus was usually well below, and more aggregated, than the other two
species.  The estimated annual production rates for L. palustrla and P. Integra
ware 2.18 g/sq m and 1.59 g/sq m, respectively, and these two specles~aecounted for
about 98 percent of the total gastropod production.  About 75.9 percent and 66.5
percent of the L. palustrls and P. Integra production, respectively, occurred
between June and" November.  Sumner turnover ratios in 1969 were U.69 for L.
palustrls and 2.9U for P. Integra.  An extended dry period early In the summer
of 1970 reduced total snail production to about 18-2U percent of that of the
previous season, although summer turnover ratios were fairly consistent.

INDEX TEW1S:   Snails, Dry beds, Standing crops, Productivity, Biomass, Backwater,
      Survival,  Lymnaea palustrla, Physa Integra, Gyraulus parvus.

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7390
"EXPERIMENTS OK THE MOVEMENT BEHAVIOR OF SINGLE-CELL FLOWING WATER ALGAE",
Mueller-Haeckel, A., Hydroblologla, Vol. Ul, No. 2, March 29, 1973, pp 221-239.

          A schematics! model Is given of the drifting and recolonlzatlon of
algal cells In an artificial channel with algal growth on the bottom when water free
of algae was flowing through, as well as of the colonisation of a clean channel by
algal cells, when water of a brook was flovlng through.  Both phenomena are compared
with drift and colonization In a natural channel by means of quantitative sampling.
Before settling down again after drifting away a single agal cell may cover a distance
of less than 36 n> only.  Multiple sampling over a period of 2U hours demonstrated
diurnal periodicity In the drifting and colonization of various algal species from
running water. (In German)


INDEX TERMS:  Diatoms, Aquatic drift, Model studies, Colonization, Repopulation,
      Ceratonels arcus, Synedra mlnuscula, Achnanthes mlnutlsalma.
AMIC-7U22
"THE USE OF AQUATIC PLANTS IN THE REHABILITATION OF ACID POLLUTED STREAMS", Wagner, R. H.,
Pennsylvania State University, Institute for Research on Land and Water Resources,
University Park, Pennsylvania, Report No. W73-02611, Contract No. DI-lU-31-0001-3538,
June 1972, 13 pp.  NTIS Report No. PB-213 507.

          The general ecology of Eleocharls acleularls (L.) R. and S. was
studied with special emphasis placed on its relation to acid polluted streams.
Distribution and vigor appear to be related to the pH and P levels of the water and
substrate: In laboratory experiments, growth was optimal in the pH range of 3.6 to
5.0 and Inversely proportional to P concentration.  Other mineral factors appear to be
related to Eleocharls acleularls distribution.  The adult plant also has a broad
temperature amplitude for It Is able to grow at 32 C and overwinter In a vegetative
state at U C.  Reciprocal transplants and microscopic examination of the culm confirmed
the Identity of the sterile-aquatic form and the fertile-terrestrial form.  Under
proper conditions of moisture or cold treatment, the seeds will germinate readily with
a germination rate of 80 percent.  Internationally, the seed Is simple and relatively
undlfferentiated.  The mode of germination closely resembles that of Bleocharls
 falustrls.  The abundance of aufvuchs and certain Insect larvae point to the
 mportance of Eleocharls aclcularls in providing suitable substrate and shelter for
other organisms.

INDEX TERMS:   Aquatic plants, Rehabilitation, Acid streams, Water pollution control, Mine
      drainage. Plant growth, Iron, Phosphorus, Laboratory tests, Ecological dis-
      tribution, Limiting factors, Perlphyton, Water pollution effects, Eleocharls
      aclcularls, Macrophytes, Sedges.
"THE INFLUENCE OP SIMAZIBE OK THE PHOTOSYNTKSTIC PIGMENTS OF CREED ALGAE", Paromenskeya,
L. N., Lyalln, G. N., Defence Research Information Centre, Orpington, England, DRIC
Translation Ho. 2992, DHIC-BR-30358, November  1972,  ID pp.  Translated from Frlzlol.
Raat. Vol. 15, No. 6, 1968, pp 1002-1007.  NTIS Report No. AD 751* 220.

          The amount of chlorophylls a and b,  carotin, luteIn and violaxanthln
and the chlorophyll luminescence spectra were  determined after the incubation for 2, 7
and 17 days of three species of green algae In a medium which either contained or did
not contain slmazlne.  The pigment content, and particularly that of lute In, carotin
and chlorophyll a, decreased In the cells of the herbicide sensitive species Chlorella
vuLgarls and Anklstrodesmus braunll.  On the basis of the measurement of the chlorophyll
luminescence spectra In suspensions of algae.
                                              It was deduced that the observable
decrease of chlorophyll with sensitive algae Is not directly linked to the Interaction
of the pigment with slmazlne.  In the cells of the resistant species of Chlorosarclna
sp, such an interaction takes place even by the second day, which apparently must be
one of the reasons for the detoxlcatlon of slmazlne In the cells.

INDEX TERMS;  Herbicides, Trlazine pesticides, Water pollution effects. Plant pigments,
      Pesticide toxlcity, Chlorophyta, Aquatic algae, Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides,
      Slmazlne, Chlorella vulgarIs, Anklstrodesmus braunll, Chlorosarclna, Photo-
      synthetic pigments, Luminescence spectra, Luteln, Carotin, Chlorophyll a. Culture
      media.
AMC-7^33
"PESTICIDE DEGRADATION BY MARINE ALGAE", Boush, G. M., Matsumura, P., University of
Wisconsin, Department of Entomology, Madison, Wisconsin, Report No. 1, Contract No.
N0001U-67-A-1028-0023, February 1, 1973, 7 PP.  NTIS Report No. AD 75U 8Ul

          A collection has been developed of marine algae representative of the
major groups In pure culture.  An improved technique has been developed to effectively
survey algae for potential degradatie ability with reference to pesticides.  The
pesticide la added to the algal cultures In the log, or active growth phase.  The
cultures are then analyzed for metabolites after a 7-day incubation period.  Such a
procedure allows for a minimum possibility of pesticide Inhibition of growth.  All
pesticides were C-l^-labeled and degradation products were examined by comparative TLC
and autoradiography.  Marine algae, in general, appeared to be Influenced by low levels
(ppb range) of many pesticides adversely.  Pesticide degradation abilities appeared
less than those encountered with bacteria.  A study of the 'Effect of DDT on Growth
and Morphology of Platymonas sp.1  has been proposed as an addition to the present
project.

INDEX TERMS:   Marine algae, Pesticides, Degradation (decomposition), DDT, Methodology,
      Chlorophyta, Diatoms, Systematics, Radioactivity techniques, 2 U-D, 2 U 5-T, Pure
      cultures, Fate of pollutants, Metabolites, Thin layer chromatography,
      Autoradiography.
                                                                                        26

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7*»39
"ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OH TOXAPHENE TOXICITY TO SELECTED PISHES AND CRUSTACEANS",
Courtenay, W. R., Jr., Roberts, M. H., Jr., Aquatic Sciences, Inc. Boca Raton, Florida,
Report No. EPA-R3-731035, Contract No. lU-12-532, April 1973, 73pp.

          Laboratory studies were conducted to determine lethal limits (96 hr
TL aub 50) for Toxaphene, salinity, temperature, and dissolved oxygen and their
Interaction effects on developmental stages of selected warm-temperate and subtropical
fishes and crustaceans.  Species tested were Mleropterus gglmoldes (largemouth bass),
Mugll cephalus (stripped mullet), Hugll curema (silver mullet), Trochlnotus carollaua
(pompano), Calllnectes sapldus (blue crab), Penaeus duorarum (pink shrimp), Sesarma
cinere urn (drift line crab), and Rhlthropanopeus harrlsli (mud crab).  Hlstopathologlcal
and gross morphological studies were conducted on all early life history stages of the
species Included.  Earliest developmental stages of the fish species treated are more
resistant to high levels of salinity, and to low levels of dissolved oxygen, but more
sensitive to high temerpatures than are later stages.  Decapod larvae shoved Increasing
tolerance to Toxaphene with Increasing developmental age,.  Synerglstlc effects between
Toxaphene and the three environmental factors ware suggested In the species tested.
Some hlstopathology was noted in fry of bass and mullet, and In larvae of Sesarma
clnereum, Calllnectes sapldus, and Rhlthropanopeua harrlsll.

INDEX TERMS:  Fish, Environmental effects. Pesticide toxlclty, Water pollution effects,
      Bloassay, Crustaceans, laboratory tests. Shrimp, Salinity, Dissolved oxygen.
      Larvae, Food habits, Water temperature. Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, Animal
      behavior, Juvenile fish, Larvae, Crabs, Hlstopathology, Toxaphene, Synerglstlc
      effects, Median tolerance limit.
"SUMMARY OP RECENT TECHNICAL INFORMATION CONCERNING THERMAL DISCHARGES INTO LAKE
MICHIGAN", Argonne National Laboratory, Center for Environmental Studies and
Environmental Statement Project, Argonne, Illinois, Report No. EPA/V-CR-72-1, August
1972, 131 pp.  NTIS Report No. PB Zlk 26l

          This report is a review of new technical information, relevant to the
environmental effects of thermal discharges into Lake Michigan, which Is not reflected
In the existing record of the Lake Michigan Enforcement Conference.  The report
discusses separately the physical and biological aspects of thermal discharges.  It
includes descriptions of preoperational field studies, thermal-bar measurements, field
measurements of the physical and biological characteristics of thermal discharges,
mathematical modeling techniques, laboratory tests on biological effects of heated
water, intake and outfall designs, power plant operational data, analyses of
environmental effects and cost estimates of closed-cycle cooling systems, and chemical
discharges from both fossil and nuclear power plants.

INDEX TERMS:  Lake Michigan, Environmental effects, Thermal pollution. Heated water,
      Nuclear powerplants, Thermal powerplants, Water pollution effects, Aquatic life.
      Reviews, Pollution abatement, On-slte Investigations, Physical properties. Bio-
      logical properties, Laboratory tests, Perlphyton, Benthos, Chemical wastes, Cooling
      towers. Documentation, Phytoplankton, Zooplankton, Freshwater fish. Saline water
      fish, Data collections, Effluents, Cooling water. Biological effects.
AMIC-7^60
"TRACE ANALYSIS BY ENZYME INHIBITION AND ACTIVATION", Townshend, A., Process Biochemistry
vol. 8, No. 3, March 1973, PP 22-2U.                                 	
          The use of enzyme Inhibition and activation to detect metals, non metals,
pesticides and drugs is reviewed.  Activation techniques have been used to detect K,
Ca, Mg, Mn, Zn, Fe, Mo, Cu, and Co.  Inhibition methods have been used to detect F,
Hg, Ag, I, sulfite, cyanide, Ba, Be, Zn, Cu, Fe, In, Kb, the pesticides aldrln, sevln,
Undone, heptachlor, methyl parathlon, DOT, and chlordane, and the drugs LSD,
tetrahydrocannablnol, morphine sulfate, sodium phenobarbltone, and sodium barbltone.
Tables are Included which show the enzymes used to detect metals, pesticides, and drugs
and their detection limits.

INDEX TERMS:  Enzymes, Pollutant identification, Inhibition, Chlorinated hydrocarbon
      pesticides, Heavy metals, Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium, Manganese, Zinc, Iron,
      Molybdenum, Copper, Cobalt, Fluorine, Mercury, Iodine, Sulfldes, Beryllium,  Lead,
      Aldrln, Heptachlor, DDT, Drugs, Cyanides, Sliver, Barium, Indium, Sevln, Lindane,
      Methyl parathlon, Chlordane.
AKEC-7U86
"THE UPTAKE OF INSECTICIDES BY FRESHWATER MUSSELS AND THE EFFECTS OF SUBLETHAL
CONCENTRATIONS OF INSECTICIDES ON THESE MUSSELS", Zabik, M. J., Bedford, J. W.,
Michigan State University, Department of Entomology, East Lansing, Michigan, Project
Completion Report, Contract No. 1U-31-01-0001-3022, December 1972, 27 pp.  NTIS Report
No. PB-21U 090.

          Freshwater mussels were exposed to several concentrations of DDT (2,2
bls(p-chlorophenyi)-i,i,i_trlchlorethene) and dieldrln (hexachloroepoxyoctahydro-endo,
exo-dimethanonaphthalene) in natural lake water and reconstituted distilled water
under continuous flow and constant temperature conditions.  Mussels from the test
aquaria were removed from their shells, drained, weighed to the nearest, milligram,
dissected into various portions and blended with hexane: acetone (2:1)  three times.
The extract was washed with 10 percent NaCl to remove the acetone and dried.  An
aliquot was used for determination of percent of fat and the remaining extract was
concentrated for Introduction onto a cleanup column, eluted, extracted, and analyzed
by electron capture gas chromatography.  The Identities of the insecticides and their
metabolites found were confirmed gas chromatographlcally using columns packed with  5
percent DC 11 on Gas Chrom Q and 11 percent QF-l-OV-17 (1.3:1) on Gas Chrom Q.  Selected
samples were also spotted on Brlnkman pre-made silica gel thin layer plates, developed
with hexane-dlethyl ether (U:l) and detected with Rhodamine B.  The mussels
concentrated DOT approximately 2UOO fold and dleldrln 1200 fold in lake water.  They
concentrated DOT about 1DOO fold In distilled water.  The concentration of pesticides
In the mussels reached equilibrium with the level In the water faster In lake water
than In distilled water and the pesticide also had a shorter half-life  In the mussel
In lake water.  The half-life of dleldrln was U.7 days In lake water compared to 12.6
                                                                                       27

-------
                                                                               2.   BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7<»66  (Continued)
Card Z/Z
days  for  DDT  In  lake  water.  The  pesticide  concentrations  were highest In the digestive
and reproductive tissue  and  low In  the  muscle, mantle,  and gill  tissues.  The
concentrations were very lov In the marsupla In  tests run  In distilled water but were a
almost  as great  as those the digestive  and  reproductive tissue In  lake water.

INDEX TERMS:  DDT, Dleldrln, Mussels, Absorption,  Bloassay, Water  effects, Natural
      streams, Insecticides, Lakes, Pollutant Identification, Chemical analysis, Aquatic
      animals, Lethal limit, Bloaccuraulatlon, Metabolites,  MacroInvertebrates, Sample
      preparation. Animal tissues,  Electron gas  capture chromatography, Lampslllls
      sllliquoidea, Anodonta grandls, Elliptic dllatartus,  Continuous flov technique.
"ECOLOGICAL FACTORS  INFLUENCING  PRODUCTION OF ALGAE  IN NORTHERN PRAIRIE LAKES",
Haertel, L.,  South Dakota  State  University, South Dakota Water Resources Institute,
Brooklngs, South Dakota, Completion Report, October  1972, 63 pp.

          Two prairie  lakes  (Cochrane and Hendrlcks)  were samples weekly,
biweekly, and monthly, respectively, during the  summer, spring and winter In order
to determine  what factors  Influence production.  This was directed toward determining
(1) the steps that might be  taken  to prevent the massive algal blooms, with emphasis
on possible nutrient limitation  of the algal population, and (2) which lakes would
profitably fit Into  the scheme.  Water samples were obtained for chemical and
chlorophyll a analyses and algal cell counts; zooplankton were also sampled.  Primary
plankton production and nutrient enrichment studies vere carried out In situ using
BOD bottles.  Temperature  and water transparency were measured at all sites.  All
samples from  all dates within a  given season were run through linear correlation
analysis to determine  which  biological, chemical, and physical variables were
interrelated.  Included In the correlation analysis were the following weather data:
Solar radiation (Langleys),  rainfall, wind stress (t), and the effective displacement
index (EDI).  After a correlation  matrix was determined, multiple regression (Little,
1966) was performed on certain variables from all data to determine causative factors.
Dependent variables were:  algal  standing crops (determined as both chlorophyll a, and
cell counts of the most Important  species); Inorganic and organic nitrogen; Inorganic
phosphorus; inorganic carbon; and  water transparency.  Algal populations In Lake
Hendrlcks did not give as  clear  cut a picture of nutrient limitation as Lake Cochrane
which exhibited very close correlations between N, P, andalgal populations.  There was
also a light  and/or temperature  limitation during the spring season.  Recommended
                                                                                           AMIC-8li87 (Continued)
Card 2/2
                     asures are listed that might be  taken to prevent further enrichment of the  lake  with
                     these nutrients.

                     INDEX TERMS:   Limiting factors.  Water pollution sources, Primary productivity, Seasonal,
                           Pollutant Identification,  On-slte  investigations.  Water properties,
                           Eutrophlcatlon,  Phytoplankton,  Zooplankton,  Regression analysis, Correlation
                           analysis. Water  chemistry, Nutrients,  Biological properties,  Chemical properties,
                           Physical properties,  Standing crops, Lake Cochrane,  Lake Hendrlcks, Chlorophyll  a.
                    AMIC-7^91
                    "EFFECTS  OF CHEMICAL  VARIATIONS  IN AQUATIC  ENVIRONMENTS.  VOL.  II.  TOXIC EFFECTS OF
                    AftUBOUS ALUMINUM TO RAINBOW TROUT", Everhart, W. H., Freeman, R.  A., Colorado State
                    University, Department of  Fishery and  Wildlife  Biology,  Fort Collins, Colorado,  .Report
                    No.  EFA-R3-73-011b, February  1973, M  pp.

                               Fertilised  eggs, fry,  and flngerllngs were exposed to aqueous  aluminum
                    complexes in  neutral  and basic media under  constantly  flowing,  controlled conditions of
                    aluminum  concentration, pH, and  temperature In  order to  examine the toxic effects of
                    aluminum.  Concentrations  chosen were  significant  in terms of possible solubility within
                    the  range of  pH to be investigated.  During the  course of the tests, water  samples were
                    collected at  about 2-wk intervals for  analysis  of  dissolved solids, DO,  alkalinity,
                    chloride,  nitrate, silicate and  sulfate by  "Standard Methods'.  Metallic cations were
                    determined by atomic  absorption  and emission spectroscopy.  Toxlcltles of various
                    concentrations were highly pH dependent.  Dissolved concentrations over  1.5 ppm  aluminum
                    caused physiological  and behavioral aberrations  as well  as acute mortality.  Toxic
                    effects of suspended  aluminum, though  greater at lower concentrations, did  not increase
                    as much as the effects of  dissolved aluminum with  higher concentrations.  Growth of
                    trout  exposed to high dosages of aluminum was reduced only as long as or slightly
                    longer than exposure  continued.  Egg and fry bioassays were conducted with  exposures
                    in trays  and  simulated natural redds.  Fertilization was not affected by any
                    concentrations tested, and most  mortalities occurred during hatching and in the  post
                    awlm-up stage.  Trends In  toxlclty were similar  to those found  with flngerllngs
                    indicating dissolved  aluminum to be more toxic  than equivalent  suspended amounts.
                    INDEX  TERMS:  Bloassay, Rainbow  trout. Aluminum, Fish physiology. Fish eggs, Fry,
                           Toxlcity, Fish  behavior, Metal complexes,  Continuous flow technique,  Salmo galrdnerl
                                                                                       28

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOOICAL METHODS
AMIC-7U97
"EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL VARIATIONS IH AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS:  VOL. I.  BIOTA AND CHEMISTRY
OK PICEANCE CREEK", Everhart, W. H., May, B. E., Colorado State University, Department
of Fishery and Wildlife Biology, Fort Collins, Colorado, Report Ho. EPA-H3-73-011fl,
February 1973, 117 pp.

          A study of Plceance Creek was undertaken to obtain information about
physical, chemical, and biological parameters of a snail stream In northwestern
Colorado.  Oil shale, abundant in this area, will likely be mined and processed in
the future resulting in an alteration of the habitats in the Plceance basin, the White
River, and the Colorado River.  Therefore, this study could provide information on at
least one unaltered habitat.  Water samples for chemical analysis, biological samples,
and data on the physical factors (water temperature, discharge, and conductivity) were
collected monthly.  Distinct seasonal trends and habitat preference were noted In
invertebrate populations.  Discharge was a major influence on Invertebrates and
chemical composition of the stream.  Seasonal variations, biomass, and species
composition of Invertebrates appear characteristic of oil shale area streams.

INDEX TERMS:  Physical properties, Chemical properties. Biological properties. Water
      chemistry. Environmental effects. Natural streams. Aquatic environment, Oil shales,
      Biota, Invertebrates, Colorado, Water analysis, Water quality, Fish populations,
      Aquatic Insects, Annelids, Spatial distribution. Ecological distribution,
      Molluska, Freshwater fish, Crustaceans, Plceance Creek, Macrolnvertebrates.
                                                                                                     (Continued)
Card 2/2
                                                                                           INDEX TERMS:  Bloassay, Water pollution effects. Mine drainage, Acid mine water. Aquatic
                                                                                                 Insects, Freshwater fish. Fish behavior, Fish food organisms, Water quality,
                                                                                                 Watersheds (basins). Fish populations, Acidic water, Pennsylvania, Resistance,
                                                                                                 Ecological distribution, Median tolerance limit. Data interpretation, Continuous
                                                                                                 flow technique, Survival, Macrolnvertebrates.
"FISH AND FOOD ORGANISMS  IN  ACID MINE  WATERS OF PENNSYLVANIA", Butler, R. L., Cooper,
E. L., Crawford, J. K., Hales, D. C.,  Kimael, W. G., Wagner, C. G., Pennsylvania State
University, Department of Biology and  Cooperative Fishery, University Park, Pennsylvania,
Report No. EPA-R3-73-032, February  1973,  158 pp.

          The  objectives  of  this study were to: (1) develop a rapid and nonlethal
bloassay for acid water using changes  in  utilization of cover and activity of
fish, (2) determine the effect of different levels of acid mine drainage on the
presence or absence of fish  populations In the watersheds of Pennsylvania, (3)
determine the  median tolerance limits  to  low levels of pH of five aquatic Insects
chosen on the  basis of their wide occurrence and common association in soft-water
streams.  Analysis of variance revealed there was no relationship between cover
utilization and pH levels or between activity and pH levels for four species of fish
(anallmouth bass, longnose dace, rock  bass and brook trout).  The failure of cover
utilization and activity  to  reflect changes in water quality conditions makes this
bloassay technique as tested unsuitable for the establishment of water quality criteria.
In part II of  the project it was found that common fish species normally distributed
over several watersheds were absent where there was severe acid mind drainage.  Of
the 116 species of fishes found  K) species exhibited some tolerance to acid mine
drainage (values of pH 5-5 or less).   An additional 38 species were found at pH
values between 5.6 and 6.U with the remaining 68 species at pH levels above 6.U.
Severe degradation occurred  at pH levels between U.5 and 5.6.  In part III all five
aquatic species survived exposure for  four days to pH levels from 6.5 to U.O.  The
9&-hour TL sub m values ranged from 3.31 for the most sensitive animal, Stenonema sp.,
to 1.72 for the most tolerant Insect,  Nigronia fasciata.                	
                                                                                          AMIC-7500
                                                                                          "UMNOLCGY OF YELLOWTAIL RESERVOIR AND THE BIGHORN RIVER", Wright, J. C.,
                                                                                          Moore, F. L., Montana State University, Bozeman, Montana, Report No. EPA-R3-73-002,
                                                                                          February 1973-  96 pp.

                                                                                                    A comprehensive investigation of the physical, chemical and biological
                                                                                          limnology of Bighorn Lake (formerly Yellowtail Reservoir) and its tributaries was
                                                                                          initiated in the fall of 1967 to determine If a decline in primary productivity of
                                                                                          this new impoundment would occur.  The study specifically encompassed the heat
                                                                                          budget, salinity regime, internal currents and biological productivity (phytoplankton)
                                                                                          of the reservoir.  The three-year study was undertaken to relate the physical and
                                                                                          chemical environment of the reservoir to primary production and to determine
                                                                                          what changes in the primary production took place over the entire study.  An effort
                                                                                          was also made to assess the physical and chemical characteristics of the influent
                                                                                          and effluent waters of the reservoir.  Chemically, water Impounded in the reservoir,
                                                                                          was a calcium, sodium, sulfate, bicarbonate type.  Mean salinity of the effluent was
                                                                                          essentially the same as that of the influents.  Impoundment and deep water withdrawal
                                                                                          displaced the maximum and minimum temperatures and conductivities of the effluent
                                                                                          approximately two months behind the Influent occurrence and greatly reduced the
                                                                                          amplitude of seasonal change.  Of the Influent total carbon, nitrogen and phosphate,
                                                                                          2U percent, 25 percent and 86 percent respectively were retained in the reservoir.
                                                                                          The major fraction retained was the particulate fraction.  Of the trace netals there
                                                                                          was a 97 percent retention for Iron, 86 percent for manganese, Uo percent for copper
                                                                                          and 71 percent for sine.  Particulate carbon, nitrogen, and phosphate, orthophosphate,
                                                                                          nitrate and trace metals were in higher concentration in the upper end of the
                                                                                          reservoir associated with silt.  A withdrawal created density current was evident
                                                                                        29

-------
                                                                               2.   BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7500 (Continued)
Card 2/2
which altered the vertical and longitudinal distribution of physical and chemical
parameters.  Volume based phytoplankton density and chlorophyll concentration
decreased dovn-reservoir.  However, the depth of the euphotlc zone Increased
down-reservoir as silt settled out.  Consequently the euphotic zone standing crops
were greatest In the mid-section of the reservoir.  Insufficient light penetration
was the principal limiting factor to primary production in the upper end of the
reservoir.  Decreased primary production in the lower end of the reservoir did not
appear to be due to nutrient limitation.

INDEX TERMS:  Limnology, Primary productivity, Physical properties, Chemical properties,
      Biological properties, Effluent streams. Influent streams, Llmltitlng factors.
      Lake morphometry, Standing crops, Phytoplankton, Impounded waters, Water quality,
      On-site investigations, Laboratory teats, Withdrawal, Ecology, Yellowtail
      Reservoir, Bighorn River, Bighorn Lake.
AMIC-7501
 'DEVELOPMENT OF DISSOLVED OXYGEN CRITERIA TOR FRESHWATER FISH", Warren, C. E.,
Doudoroff, P., Shumvay, D. L., Oregon State University, Department of Fisheries and
Wildlife, Corvallls, Oregon, Report No. EPA-R3-73-019, February 1973, 121 pp.

          This terminal report nominally covers laboratory research on the
dissolved oxygen requirements of salmonid and centrarchid fishes conducted from
September 1, 1968, through August 31, 1971.  Because the interpretation of the
results of this research, the conclusions, and the recommendations are to a
considerable extent based on the results of research conducted from September 1, 1955
through August 31; 1968» a summary of this earlier work is included.  The research
reported here has involved laboratory studies on the survival, development,
bioenergetlcs and growth, swimming performance, and avoidance behavior of Chinook and
coho salmon, steelhead trout, and largemouth bass.  Some of the studies have been
conducted under very simple laboratory conditions, as in aquaria or other apparatus,
but some of the studies on bioenergetlcs and growth have also been conducted under
rather natural conditions in laboratory streams and ponds.  In some Important cases,
we have found close correspondence between the effects of reduced oxygen concentration
in aquarium studies of growth at maximum rations and its effects under more natural
conditions In laboratory streams and ponds.  Some of the biological responses of the
fish studies were affected by any appreciable reduction in dissolved oxygen below the
air saturation levels, whereas others were affected only at levels below about 50
percent the air satuatlon levels.

INDEX TERMS:   Laboratory tests, Dissolved oxygen, Oxygen requirements, Freshwater fish,
      Water quality, Research and development.
AMIC-7503
 'DEVELOPMENT OF A RECEIVING WATER QUALITY BIOASSAY CRITERION BASED OH THE U8-HOUR
PACIFIC OYSTER (CRASSOSTRSA PICAS) EMBYRO", Woelke, C. E., Washington Department Of
Fisheries, Management and Research Division, Olynpla, Washington, Technical Report No. 9,
Contract No. 68-01-07H), October 1972, 93 pp.

          In this report, a numerical marine receiving water criterion based
on the W-hour Pacific oyster, Crassostrea glgas 'embryo1 Is proposed.  Choice of the
criterion is based on the results of 10 years of field bloassays conducted with the
U8-hour Pacific oyster embryo on the marine waters of Washington State.  The choice
of the l*8-hour Pacific oyster embryo development as a meaningful measure of marine
water quality is Justified by comparing its response to that of other bivalve embryos,
bivalve adults and marine larvae, Crustacea, fishes, and algae to a wide variety of
toxicants.  Facilities and equipment needed for conducting bioassays with Pacific
oyster embryos are described, as well as methods for conditioning the adult oysters
for spawning during all months of the year.  A standard method for conducting
bloassays with US-hour Pacific oyster embryos is described In detail.  Statistical
validation of the method and Its extension to marine field waters is presented, as
well as procedures for treating and processing data from Pacific oyster embryo
bloassays.

INDEX TERMS:  Bioassay, Embryonic growth stage, Methodology, Water quality standards.
      Laboratory animals, Laboratory equipment, On-slte tests, Computer programs. Data
      processing, Laboratory tests. Pacific oyster, Receiving waters, Crassostrea glgas,
      Data Interpretation, Method validation.
                    AMIC-751^
                    "NITROGEN AND PHOSPHORUS UPTAKE BY CKLORELLA PYRENOID03A IN SEWAGE TREATMENT PROCESS",
                    Michel, T. M., Michel, J. L., Water and Sewage Works, Vol. 120, No. 3, March 1973,
                    PP 76-79-

                              In a series of experiments the alga, Chlorella pyrenoldosa, was
                    grown using the primary effluent of a domestic sewage treatment plant as a nutrient
                    base and studied specifically for its ability to utilize the nitrogen and phosphorus
                    forms present in the secondary stages of wastewater treatment.  To study N and P
                    assimilation, a controlled system In a batch culture format was set up which included
                    a method for continuous monitoring of DO, pH and culture temperature.  Samples of
                    primary effluent were analyzed for basic nutrient data and then placed in the culture
                    vessels.  Tests were conducted for between U8 and 168 hours on the metabolic behavior
                    of the algae and on the patterns of nutrient assimilation.  All soluble, precipitate
                    and total forms of organic and Inorganic P were measured, and quantitative analyses
                    of total KJeldahl N, organic N and NH3 were made.  Culture samples were analyzed for
                    collform organisms, cell count and mass, chlorophyll, N02, N03, suspended solids, BOD,
                    COD, DO, and pH.  Photosynthetic activity was determined by evaluating DO
                    concentrations.  About 50 percent of all P forms present in the primary effluent were
                    removed by Chlorella.  Media pH rose during the Initial bloom periods but tended to
                    stabilize over the entire run.  During an experimental run period there was a
                    significant drop In the number of fecal and total coliform group organisms present.  H
                    uptake closely paralleled the rate of biosynthetic activity and over 60 percent of the
                    N forms present were removed.  Experimentation showed that growth and nutrient
                    assimilation rates for Chlorella pyrenoidosa far exceed those of the strain of
                    Scenedeamis aeutua isolated from the sewage samples.
                                                                                       30

-------
                                                                              2.  BIOLOGICAL HETHODS
AMIC-75W* (Continued)
Card 2/2
INDEX TERMS:  Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Nutrient removal, Sewage  effluents,  Sewage  treatment,
      Absorption, Domestic wastes, Cultures, Chemical analysis,  Chlorella pyrenoldosa,
      Assimilation, Scenedesnus acutus. Substrate utilization, Quantitative  analysis.
AMTC-7561*
"FXJUUBG ON EELGRASS (ZOSTERft MMUHA L.)".  Sleburth,  J.  McN.,  Thcnae,  C.  D.,  Journal of
Phycology. Vol. 9, Ho. 1, March 1973, pp *i6-50.
                              The heavily fouled, Immersed part of the blade, and the emereed portion of the
                     blade undergoing fouling from mature, first-year plants collected by SCUBA from a
                     brackish marsh were examined by scanning electron microscopy.  It was observed that the
                     surface of young shoots emerging In the spring and the surface of mature blade tips
                     Immersed In the fall when examined at 500 to 2000 times have a minimal scattering of
                     coccold and filamentous bacteria which are relatively Insignificant In comparison to the
                     colonization by pennate diatoms.  Broken frustules and detritus adhere to form a crust
                     which then becomes colonized nonselectlvely by a variety of microorganisms (stalked and
                     colonial diatoms, filaments of red alga,  a blue-green alga (Splrullna),  a bacterium,
                     and myeella and sporangia of a fungus).   Femoral of the crust shows that the original
                     'cobblestone1 surface of the eelgrass Is  obscured with a layer of deformed cells of
                     Cocconels scutellum which appears to be Impressed into the epithelium.
                                                                                          INDEX TEfWS:  Fouling, Diatoms, Marsh plants, Marine microorganisms, Cocconeie scutellum,
                                                                                                Zostera marina. Colonization, Eelgrass, Scanning electron microscopy.
AHIC-7562
"ECOLOGICAL COMPARISONS OF THERMALLY AFFECTED AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS", Parker, E.  D.,
Hlrshfleld, M. F., Gibbons, J. W., Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, Vol.  1*5,
No. I*, April 1973, PP 726-733.

          Ecological comparisons were made of three South Carolina reservoirs
differently affected by thermal effluent from nuclear reactors.  One of the reservoirs
received thermal effluent, another was recovering from thermal loading, and the third
study area had had no direct elevation of water temperatures.  The reservoirs were
compared In species composition of vascular aquatic plants, fish, and reptiles and In
relative abundance of shoreline vegetation.  One obvious effect was the elimination of
certain species of vascular plants and aquatic vertebrates, resulting In a lowered
diversity.  Relative abundance of most species of shoreline plants was reduced In the
heated areas.  This effect was noticeable until at least 6 yr following the termination
of thermal input.

INDEX TERMS:  Thermal pollution. Heated water, Water pollution effects. Aquatic plants,
      Reservoirs; Aquatic animals, Ecology, Ecosystems, Freshwater fish, Reptiles,
      Species diversity, Macrophytes.
                     AMIC-7572
                     "ABUNLAHCE AND DIVERSITY OF MOLUCCA IN AN INDUSTRIALIZED PORTION OF THE OTTAWA RIVER
                     NEAR OTTAWA 4IULL, CANADA", Mackie, G. L., Qadrl, S. U., Journal of the Fisheries
                     Research Board of Canada. Vol. 30, No. 2, February 1973, PP 167-172.

                              A study was conducted to compare the abundance and diversity of Gastropoda and
                     Pelecypoda during May-November 1968 in portions of the Ottawa River near Ottawa-Hull
                     immediately upstream and downstream of outfalls from a slaughter house and two pulp
                     and paper mills.  Weekly determinations were made on both bottom and surface waters at
                     5 sites of velocity, dissolved oxygen and carbon dioxide, pH, and conductivity.  Every 2
                     weeks bottom and surface waters vere analyzed for 15 parameters, Including BOD,
                     orthophosphate, nitrate, nitrite, calcium hardness, total conform and total fecal
                     collform bacteria.  Gastropods and pelecypods were sampled using a random sampling
                     technique using the Ekman grab.  Percentage estimates of organic matter in the sediments
                     were made by ashing after removal of »TI  animals and weighing 3 samples from each
                     station.  Organic pollution was a major factor In limiting the abundance and diversity
                     of Gastropoda and Pelecypoda In the Ottawa River near Ottawa-Hull.  Analyses of 1*72
                     Ekman grab samples taken from May to November of 1968 shoved that the average standing
                     crop (no./sq m) of molluska vere larger In areas immediately upstream than In areas
                     Immediately downstream of slaughter house and pulp and paper mill outfalls.
                     INDEX TERMS:  Water pollution effects. Ecological distribution, Spatial distribution,
                           Gastropods, Industrial wastes. Standing crops, Mollusks, Snails, Clams, Pulp
                           wastes, Pulp and paper industry, Outlets, Bottom sampling, Aquatic plants,  Water
                           quality, Water sampling, Organic wastes,  Wood wastes. Sewage effluents. Water
                           chemistry, Downstream, Upstream, Ottawa River, Pelecypods, Macroinvertebrates,
                           Species diversity. Species density,  Slaughterhouse wastes.
                                                                                       31

-------
                                                                              2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
 AMIC-7577
 "THE SEASONAL CYCLE OF VITAMIN B12 IN THE  STRAIT OF GEORGIA, BRITISH COLUMBIA", Cattell,
 S.  A.,  Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 2, February 1973.
 pp 215-5§£

          Water samples were collected from four stations In the Strait of Georgia,
 British Columbia and one station In the  waters connecting the Strait of Georgia and
 Juan de Fuca Strait over a period of 17  months for use In Investigating the seasonal
 cycle of vitamin B12.   Samples vere filtered and frozen In polyethylene containers for
 analysis of  phosphate,  nltraternitrite nitrogen and vitamin B12.  Salinity and
 temperature  were also determined for each  sample.  Vitamin B12 vas determined by
 bloassay using Amphldlnlua carterae.   After culturlng for 11 or 12 days, bloaseay
 samples vere diluted and counted on a Model B  Coulter Counter.  The final yield
 of  cell numbers vas found with control solutions to be linearly related to
 vitamin B12  concentrations of  at least 10  mg/liter.  The results show that monthly
 averages for B12 In the upper  10 m of the  Strait of Georgia are similar In temporal
 distribution to those  of the inorganic nutrients including a winter high followed by an
 early spring decrease  and a slight peak  In late  spring.  However, B12 shoved a peak
 In  the  summer while Inorganic  nutrients  vere at  minimal concentraions.  Furthermore,
 Inor^uilc nutrients tended to  Increase with depth and correlated with water density.
 B12,  however,  shoved little correlation  with this parameter, even with simmer
 stratification.   It la concluded that the  temporal and spatial distribution of B12 In
 the Strait Is more complex than that  of  nitrate  and phosphate.  It Is hypothesized
 that  the observed heterogeneity of B12 Is  largely a result of interactions of vitamin
 particulate  matter.
 INDEX TERMS:
	patterns
Bipassay, Seasonal, Cycling nutrients. Phosphates, Nitrates, Distribution
i. Vitamift B-12. AJJmhialniua carterl. Strait of Georgia.     	
                                                                             AKTC-7583
                                                                             "AN IMPROVED EKMAN-1YPE GRAB", Burton, W., FlannagEin, J. P., Journal of the Fisheries
                                                                             Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 2, February 1973, PP 207-290.

                                                                                      An Improved Ekman-type  grab with top lids, which are locked open during
                                                                             descent and weighted to keep them closed during retrieval. Is described.  In
                                                                             comparative trials with a Wlldco Tall 6-inch Blrge-Etamn, the new grab collected
                                                                             significantly more chlronomlds and ollgochaetes, and about the same number of the
                                                                             heavier and larger animals such  as gastropods, ephaeriide, trlchopterans, etc.  The
                                                                             new design also Improves the versatility and mechanical reliability of the grab.

                                                                             INDEX  TERMS:   Sampling, Design,  Reliability, Grab sampler, Ekman grab sampler.
AMIC-7581
"RESPONSE OF LOBSTERS HOMARUS AMERICANOS TO ODOR SOLUTION IN THE PRESENCE OF BLEACHED
KRAFT MILL EFFLUENT", McLeese, D. W., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
Vol. 30, No. 2, February 1973, PP 279-2B?!

         Lobsters (Homarus amerlcanus) vere exposed to dilute solutions of
freeze-drled cod muscle extract (FDC) vlth and without bleached kraft mill effluent
(BKME) in flowing water runways to investigate the possible effect of BKH5 on feeding
response.  Differences between test and control responses occurred In only two of 12
comparisons when FDC was associated with 10, $0, and 100 percent BKME.  With six
concentrations of BKME, ranging from 0.01 to 2,0 percent, maintained In the runways,
responses to FDC were variable, but average responses for controls and tests did not
differ.  Conditions in the latter tests most closely approximated those In nature
where some lobsters could be exposed continuously to low concentrations of BXME.  It
is concluded that exposure to low concentrations of BKME for short periods does not
reduce the response of lobsters to FDC solutions or, If so,  to a minor extent only.
The effect of long-term exposures was not tested.

INDEX TERMS:  Bloassay, Odor, Feeding rates, Horarus amerlcanus, Bleached kraft mill
      effluent.
                                                                            AMIC-7586
                                                                            "A COMPARISON OF BENTHIC MICROAICAL PRODUCTION MEASURED BY C-lU AND OXYGEN METHODS",
                                                                            Bunding, C., Hardgrave, B. T., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
                                                                            Vol. 30, No. 2, February 1973, pp 309-312.

                                                                                     A comparison of estimates of benthlc primary production on a sandy beach
                                                                            measured by In situ oxygen and laboratory C-lU methods shoved that both methods
                                                                            gave similar measures of the magnitude of production.  Sources of error In each
                                                                            method are discussed.  Measures of C-ll* uptake offer sensitivity when production Is
                                                                            low, but when undisturbed sediment cores can be obtained, production is most easily
                                                                            measured by following changes in dissolved oxygen.

                                                                            INDEX TERMS:  Primary productivity, Radioactivity techniques, Benthlc flora. Algae,
                                                                                  Carbon, Absorption, Dissolved oxygen, Sensitivity.
                                                                                       32

-------
                                                                              2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7589
"SURVIVAL AND GILL CONDITION OF BLUEGILL (LEFOMIS MACBOCHIRUS) AND FATHEAD MDTOOWS
(PIMEPHALES PROMELAS) EXPOSED TO SODIUM NITRILOTRIACETATE (NTA) FOR 88 DAYS", Macek,
K. J., Sturm, R. V., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 2,
February 1973, PP 323752T

         The toxiclty of NTA to bluegllls and fathead minnows has been evaluated
under conditions of 28 days' continuous exposure to measured concentrations of NTR
ranging from a mean (SE) of 3.U (0.2) to 172.8 (3.7) mg/liter.  Testa were conducted In
a continuous-flow proportional dilution apparatus, the flow rate of which was 6 liters/In:
During the 28-day study water samples were analyzed for NTA using the Zlnc-Zlncon
method for sequestrant in waste and sewage (Thompson and Duthle, 1968).  Gllla from the
exposed fish were fixed In Benin's fixative, stained using Heldenhaln's Azan technique,
and examined microscopically for possible NTA-lnduced damage.  Dynamic bioassays In
soft water (35 mg/liter as CaC03) indicated the 96-hr median tolerance limit (95 percent
confidence Interval) for NTA was 98 (72-133) mg/liter for rainbow trout, and 127 (93
170) mg/llter for fathead minnow.  Such tolerance exceeded 1000 times the mean
environmental levels that might be anticipated from detergent use.  A 28-day dynamic
bloassay with blueglll and fathead minnows indicated a lack of cumulative toxicity
associated with levels of NTA up to 1000 times expected environmental concentrations in
water.  Fishes exposed to 96 mg/liter NTA for 28 days exhibited no NTA-induced gill
pathology.

INDEX TERMS:  Bloassay, Toxicity, Water pollution effects, Animal pathology, Gills,
      Lepomla macrochlrus, Plmephales promelas. Continuous flow techni
-------
                                                                               2.  BIOU30ICAL METHODS
AMIC-7591*
"SUBLETHAL EFFECTS OF BLEACHED KRAFT PULP MILL EFFLUENT ON RESPIRATION AND CIRCULATION
IN SOCKEYE SALMON (ONCORHYNCHUS NERKA)", Davis, J. C.f Journal of the Fisheries
Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 3, March 1973, pp 3&9-377.

          Sublethal effects of aerated neutralized, filtered, full-bleach
kraft mill effluent (BKME) on circulation and respiration of Pacific salmon were
examined.  Samples of the effluent were collected every 7-10 days from the alkaline
waste sewer and sampling valves in the mill.  Caustic extraction effluent was sampled
along with the alkaline waste.  All the samples were stored, unmixed at 2 C for up to
10 days.  Composite samples approximating the composition of the waste discharged Into
the sea were tested for toxlclty using U-day static bloassay procedures (Sprague,
1969).  Ventilatory water flow, oxygen uptake, cough frequency, and buccal pressure
increased In a group of 19 sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka, 207-321 g, at ID.5
plus or minus 0.5 C, upon initial exposure to sublethal BKME concentrations.  The
threshold concentration for these responses appeared to be around 20 percent of the U
day LC50 (static bloassay).  Following overnight exposure to BKME, ventilatory volume,
oxygen uptake rate, cough frequency, and oxygen utilization tended to approach
pre-exposure levels, particularly at the higher sublethal contractions.  Changing
effluent toxlclty, acclimation phenomena, or physiological adjustment are discussed
as possible explanations for these results.  Measures of arterial oxygen tension in
sockeye salmon Indicated that arterial tension declines rapidly and remains depressed
following up to 2*» hr exposure to BKM2 (33-l>7 percent of U day LC50).  On the average
this decline represented a 20 percent decrease In oxygen saturation of the blood.
Decreased arterial P02 may be due to mucous production at thegllls and resulting gas
diffusion problems, as well as abnormalities In ventilation.  Reduction In scope for
AMIC-7591* (Continued)

activity might result  from  impaired oxygen uptake at the gills.
observed in rainbow  trout,  SaLmo galrdnerl.
     Card 2/2

A similar response was
 INDEX TERMS:  Pulp wastes, Toxlclty,  Bioassay,  Respiration, Water pollution effects.
      Fish physiology,  Industrial  wastes, Oncorhynchus nerka, Circulation (blood).
      Bleached  kraft mill effluent, Median  tolerance limit.
                         AMIC-7597
                         "EFFECTS OF A 12-HR AND 25-DAY EXPOSURES TO KRAFT PULP MILL EFFLUENT ON THE BLOOD
                         AND TISSUES OF JUVENILE COHO SALMON (ONCORHYNCHUS KISUTCH)". McLeay, D.  J., Journal
                         of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. 3, March 1973, pp 395-UOO.
                                   Juvenile coho salmon (Oncorhynchus klsutch) uere exposed for periods
                         of 12 hr and 25 days to pulp mill waste (neutralized unbleached white water) collected
                         from the main sewer of a coastal British Columbia kraft pulp mill In order to establish
                         the 96-hr median tolerance limit.  Red blood cell counts and hematocrlts of Juvenile
                         coho salmon were unaltered by 12-hr exposure to neutralized kraft pulp mill effluent,
                         although hematocrlts were decreased by exposure for 25 days.  The number of circulating
                         immature erythrocytes Increased in effluent-exposed fish in both the 12-hr and 25-day
                         exposures.  The number of circulating small lymphocytes decreased markedly after 12-hr
                         exposure.  However, following the prolonged exposure, the number of small lymphocytes
                         returned to normal, while the number of circulating neutrophils Increased.  The level
                         of plasma glucose Increased In fish exposed to effluent for 12 hr, and decreased in fish
                         exposed for 25 days.  Liver glycogen was not altered significantly during either
                         exposure period.  No pathological changes attributable to exposure to kraft pulp mill
                         were observed in the tissues examined, Including the spleen, kidney, gill, interrenal
                         gland, skin epithelium, and thyroid gland.  Results are discussed in terms of a stress
                         response.

                         INDEX TERMS:   Pulp wastes, Coho salmon, Juvenile fish, Bloassay, Water pollution effects,
                               Fish physiology, Industrial wastes, Toxlclty, Fish diseases, Lethal limit,
                               Laboratory tests, Hlstopathology, Blood, Animal tissues, Hematology, Oncorhynchus
                               kisutch, Spleen, Kidney, Gills, Thyroid gland. Liver, Glycogen, Glucose, Plasma,
                               Unbleached white water. Median tolerance limit.	
AMIC-7607
"TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON MERCURY ACCUMULATION, TOXICITY, AND METABOLIC RATE IN RAINBOW
TROUT (SALMO GAIRDHERI)", MacLeod, J. C., Pessah, E., Journal of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. U, April 1973, pp 1*85-1*9?:
                                   Hatchery-reared rainbow trout flngerllngs were exposed to 5
                         concentrations of mercury (mercuric chloride and phenylmercurlc acetate)  at each of
                         three temperatures (5, 10, and 20 C)  In aquaria.  Each aquarium was divided Into 2
                         compartments, one holding 10-15 fish for assessing mortality and the other, 6 fish for
                         Hg residue determinations in their flesh.   Two fish were removed after 6, 2U, and 96
                         hr of exposure, frozen whole and later thawed and weighed.   The muscle, bones and skin
                         were analyzed for total Hg by a vet digestion and flameless atomic absorption
                         spectrophotometrlc method.  Active metabolism determinations were made In resplroneter
                         flasks equipped with magnetic stlrrers.  Mercury toxlclty was related to  temperature
                         and chemical formulation of the mercury.  At 10 C, the 2k-hr TL sub m concentration
                         (median tolerance limit) for mercuric chloride (HgC12) was  approximately  30 times that
                         for phenyl mercuric acetate (PMA).  The 96-hr TL sub m values for mercuric chloride at
                         5, 10, and 20 C were O.UO, 0.28, and 0.22 mg Hg/liter.  The velocity of mortality, (V
                         equals reciprocal of time to death in hours), was linearly  related to temperature.  For
                         a mercuric chloride concentration of 0.5 mg Hg/llter, V equals 0.002 plus 0.0023t, where
                         t equals temperature in centigrade degrees.   Temperature also affected accumulation
                         rate of mercury in the fish muscle.   At 5, 10, and 20 C a rercurlc chloride
                         concentration of 0.1 mg Hg/llter in the water produced biological magnification factors
                         (cone, in fish divided by cone. In water)  of U, 10, and 22  times, respectively.   PMA
                         produced higher magnification factors of 80-100 times at 10 C.   Active metabolic rate,

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLCOICAL METHODS
AMIC-7607 (Continued)
Card 2/2
though Increased by higher temperatures, was depressed by mercuric chloride, and higher
temperatures augmented the depressant effect.

INDEX TERMS:  Mercury, Toxlclty, Rainbow trout, Bloassay, Juvenile fish, Fish physiology,
      Bloaccumulatlon, Metabolic rates, Biological magnification, Salmo galrdnerl, Median
      tolerance limit. Mercuric chloride, Phenylmercuric acetate.
AMIC-7608
"MACROBENTHIC ECOLOGY OF A SAWDUST-BEARING SUBSTRATE  IN THE PENOBSCOT RIVER ESTUARY
(MAINE)", Shorey, W. K., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada,  Vol.
30, No. U, April 1973, PP 593^1197.

          The macrobenthos of  sawdust-bear Ing  substrates  In the Penobscot River estuary
(Maine) were sampled bimonthly from January through November  1968.  The polychaete
Scolecolepldes virldls and the bivalves Mac ana balthlca and Mya arenarla dominated
the sandy sediments of the shallow station!Prlonosplo malmgrenl and Corophium
volutator were dominant in the granular substrate of  the  deeper station!The
population of the shallow station (1-m depth,  mean low water)  was seasonally more
stable and had a higher mean monthly bio-Index (number of Individuals/number of
species) than that of the deeper station (6-m  depth,  mean low water).

INDEX TERMS:  Benthic fauna, Ecology, Estuarlne environment,  Annelids, Mollusks,
      Crustaceans, Nematodes,  Systematlcs, Penobscot  River, Macrolnvertebrates, Sawdust,
      Substrates, Echinoderms, llemerteans, Species abundance.
AMIC-7609
"EFFECTS OF SUBLETHAL CONCENTRATIONS OF SODIUM PENTACHLOROPHENATE ON GROWTH RATE, FOOD
CONVERSION EFFICIENCY, AND SWIMMING PERFORMANCE IN UNDERYEARLING SOCKEYE SALMON
(OHCORHYHCHU5 HERKA)", Webb, P. W., Brett, J. R., Journal of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Vol. 30, No. U, April 1973. PP >*99-507.
                              Two response  systems,  swimming speed  and  growth (along with food
                     conversion efficiency)  have been used  as Indicators of  stress  from sublethal
                     concentrations of  sodium pentachlorophenate.  Tests were  performed at 15 C, pH 6.8,  and
                     dissolved oxygen values of 90-100 percent air saturation.  Growth rate and conversion
                     efficiency were measured by feeding a  ration level  of 15  percent body dry  weight/day
                     to underyearllng'sockeye salmon  (Oncorhynchus nerka)  held at sodium pentachlorophenate
                     (PCP)  concentrations  of 0, l.lU, 1.99, 3.U9, 7-lb,  13-60,  27.73, 31-57, and 1*7.16 ppb.
                     Swimming performance  was measured at PCP concentrations of 0,  7.21,  19-00  and 50.00  ppb.
                     The 96-hr LC50 was 63 ppb PCP.   Growth rate and conversion efficiency were almost
                     equally affected by PCP, the  BC50 values being  1.71* for ppb for  growth rate and 1.80 ppb
                     for conversion efficiency. This la approximately 2,8 percent  of the 96-hr LC50.
                     Swimming performance  was unaffected by PCP at the concentrations used.

                     INDEX  TERMS:   Phenolic  pesticides. Growth rates, Bloassay, Pesticide toxlclty, Juvenile
                           fish,  Fish physiology.  Fish behavior. Water pollution effects, Sockeye  salmon.
                           Food conversion efficiency. Sodium pentachlorophenate, Swimming, Data
                           Interpretation, Oncorhynchus nerka, Median tolerance limit.
                     AMIC-7610
                     "CRUSTACEAN PLANKTON AND THE EUTROPHICATION OF  LAKES  IN THE  OKANAGAN VALLEYf  BRITISH
                     COLUMBIA",  Patalas,  K.,  Salkl,  A.,  Journal of the  Fisheries  Research Board of Canada,
                     Vol.  30,-No.  U,  April 1973,  pp  519-517?!

                               In early September 1969 and late August  1971, the  vertical and
                     horizontal  distribution  of temperature,  Secchl  disc visibility,  some chemical components,
                     and zooplankton  abundance In lakes  Okanagan, Skaha, and Osoyoos  were Investigated.   In
                     addition,  lakes  Kalamalka and Wood  were  sampled only  in late August 1971-   Four
                     different basins could be distinguished  in Lake Okanagan;  total  dissolved  solids,  calcium
                     and electrical conductivity  within  the lake decreased gradually  from north to south.
                     Macroelement values  within lakes Okanagan, Skaha,  and Osoyoos were  apparently not
                     substantially different  but  Kalamalka and Wood  lakes  were  about  twice higher  in sodium,
                     potassium,  magnesium and about  1.5  higher in total dissolved solids.  Four species of
                     copepods and nine species of cladocerans were  found with Cyclops bjcusjjldatus thomasl and
                     Dlat                                                     "
                     	mis ashlandi  dominant in all five  lakes.   Dlaphanosoma leuchtenberglanum and
                     Daphnla longlremls  were  the most common  cladocerans  In all five lakes.Also,  Daphnla
                     thorata was common  In all except Wood Lake.   Eighty-nine percent of the total  plankters
                     In Lake Okanagan were located in the upper 50-m layer.  Relatively little horizontal
                     variation was found within the lake but  two areas,  near Kelowna and In the northern end
                     showed In both years of  investigation greater abundance of plankton than the remaining
                     areas.   Crustaceans were usually less abundant Inshore than offshore.   Volume  of settled
                     net plankton varied from 8 cu mm/so, ram In Okanagan  Lake to 31 cu mm/sq mm In Wood Lake.
                     No substantial changes in species composition of zooplankton, Secchl disc visibility,
                     and dissolved oxygen in  the hypollranion  were found  relative to the data of 1935
                     reported by Ravson.  However, in 1969 and 1971 net  plankton volumes were about five
                                                                                        35

-------
                                                                                 2.   BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7610 (Continued)
Card 2/2
and three tines larger, respectively, than in 1935-  Calculations of total phosphorus
load from two Independent sources of data provided similar results and Indicated that
lakes Okanagan and Kalamalka are still In the ollgotrophlc range but close to
mesotrophy.  Lake Wood is moderately eutrophic and lakes Skaha and Osoyoos showed a
marked degree of eutrophy, higher than in Lake Washington, U. S. A. before sewage
diversion, or in Lake Erie.  The estimates for lakes Wood, Skaha, and Osoyoos were
supported by the values of the hypollmnetic area! deficits characteristic for highly
eutrophic lakes.  The trend of changes in phosphorus load during the past century is
presented and predictions are node about the load in 1990 in situations with and
without phosphorus removal from sewage.

IHDEX TERMS:  Eutrophlcation, Zooplankton, Crustaceans, Copepods, Waterfleas, Limnology,
      Okanagan Lake, Skaha Lake, Osoyoos Lake, Macroinvertebrates, Phosphorus load,
      Species abundance.
AMIC-7613
"INFLUENCE OF LEAD AND OTHER METALS OK FISH DELTA-AMINOLEVULINATE DEKYDRASE ACTIVITY",
Jacklm, E., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vol. 30> N°- ^, April
1973, PP 560155?:
         Mmmichogs (FundiU.ua heteroc.lltus) and winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes
amerlcanus) were exposed to solutions of Cu, Cd, Pb, Zn, and Ag salts for periods of 96
hours and 2 weeks to study the effects of lead and other metals on delta-aminolevulinate
acid dehydrase activity (ALA.D).  ALAJ3 activity was determined by homogenizing the"
organs  in KC1, adding phosphate buffer and ALA-D.  After one hour, reactions were
stopped by the addition of HgCOS and trichloroacettc acid.  This solution was centrifuged
the supernatant treated with Erliche reagent and glacial acetic acid and allowed to
react,  and optical density determined as a measure of enzyme activity.  Lead decreased
ALA-D activity in both acute and chronic exposures in fish.  The inhibition was not
unique  to lead, but appears to be limited to a few toxic heavy metals, namely lead,
mercury, and copper.  Other metals (£inc, silver, and cadmium) increased enzyme activity
at least during early periods of exposure or low concentrations.  The results of the
tests are expected to provide an Index of response to heavy metals in estuarine waters.

INDEX TERMS: Bloassay, Inhibition, Heavy metals, Enzymes, Copper, Cadmium, Lead, Zinc,
      Silver, Sample preparation, Mumnichogs, Winter flounder, Aminolevullnate acid
      dehydrase.
AMIC-7617
"ACME AMD LONG-TEHM ACCUMJLATION OF COPPER BY THE BROWN BULLHEAD, ICTALURUS NEBULOSUS".
Brungs, W. A., Leonard, E. N., McKlm, J. M., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, Vol. 30, No. l», April 1973, pp 583^585:
                              The present study was conducted to determine the acute and long-term
                     toxlclty and accumulation of copper by the brown bullhead (Ictalurus nebulosus) and
                     to investigate the use of copper residues as a possible autopsy procedure.In addition,
                     an attempt was made to collect some Initial Information on the transport,  distribution,
                     and accumulation rate of copper in fish.  The fish were exposed to constant
                     concentrations of copper ranging from 6.5 to l»22 mlcrograms/liter.  Copper
                     concentrations in gill, opercle, liver,  and kidney tissues of live fish did not differ
                     from those that died during the acute exposure.   Exposure of fish to eublethal
                     concentrations for 20 days before exposure to lethal concentrations resulted in higher
                     tissue levels in the dead fish than In fish not  previously exposed.   A  distinct increase
                     in liver and gill tissue copper concentrations occurred at exposure  levels of 27
                     mlcrograms/liter and above.   Equilibrium tissue  levels  of copper in  the liver and
                     gill were reached within 30 days.   Copper levels in red blood cells  and plasma after
                     20-months exposure did not differ from the controls.  Red blood cells analyzed after
                     6-day8 and 30-days exposure to copper also showed no increased copper residues.

                     INDEX TERMS:   Bloassay,  Copper,  Heavy metals,  Toxicity,  Water pollution effects,
                           Brown bullhead,  Ictalurus  nebulosus,  Biological samples,  Gills, Opercle,  Liver,
                           Kidney,  Blood, Bioaccumulatlon.
                      "THE LIMNOLOGY OF NITROGEN IN AN OKLAHOMA RESERVOIR: NITROGENASE ACTIVITY AND RELATED
                      LIMNOLOGICAL FACTORS", Toetz, D. W., The American Midland Naturalist, Vol. 89, No. 2,
                      April 1973, PP 369-380.

                              The surface waters of Lake Carl Blackwell, Oklahoma, were assayed, using
                      acetylene reduction techniques, for their N2 fixing potential at intervals of 2 to
                      3 weeks, between November 1969, and July 1971.  Data were obtained on limnological
                      factors which affect the rate of N2 fixation; temperature, transparency of the water and
                      concentration of nitrate, nitrite and ammonia at meter Intervals.  The ranges of the
                      rates of ethylene production by concentrated and unconcentrated plankton were 0.1 to
                      225.6 and 50.6 to 185.k nmoles per mg N hr,  respectively.  Rates fluctuated widely during
                      the season and were nil In winter.  Acetylene reduction at the surface was associated
                      with the expanding phase of blooms of blue-green algae.  Acetylene reduction by the
                      sediments was also observed and uptake of nitrogen-15 by the plankton verified that an
                     N2 fixing potential exists in the lake.  Observations on the seasonal cycle of
                      inorganic nitrogen revealed that nitrification predominated in winter and early spring.
                     Decreases in inorganic N in early summer at the surface were attributed to uptake by
                     autotrophs.  Mineralization proceeded after the demise of the autotrophs In autumn.
                     During summer stagnation, nitrate, ammonia and nitrite were stratified,  but there was no
                     evidence of denitrification.

                      INDEX T£R1"6:  Nitrogen fixation, Nitrogen cycle, Nitrification,  Water analysis.  Water
                           temperature,  Nitrates,  Nitrites,  Ammonia, Nitrogenase,  Acetylene reduction.
                           Transparency.

-------
                                                                               a.  BIOLOGICAL METBPM;
 AMIC-762<»
 "BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF FLUCTUATING WAIER LEVELS IN THE SHAKE RIVER, GRAND TETON NATIONAL
 PARK, WYOMING"  Kroger, R.  L., The American Midland Naturalist.  Vol. 89,  No.  2, April
 1973, PP U78-U81.

          Water levels fluctuate widely In the Snake River, Wyoming because of the
 demands for Irrigation waters by Idaho potato growers.   This study was conducted to
 determine whether these fluctuations had any significant effect  on the biota  In the
 river.  Five samples of exposed stream bed (0.092 sq m by 0.1 m  deep) were collected
 after flow was reduced from 2.8 to 0.3 cu m per see.  In less than 5 minutes,  and aquatic
 Invertebrates separated.  A total of 15,^90 Invertebrates weighing 13.6 g were
 Identified.  Dlpterans, caddlsflles, may files,  and stoneflles. in that order, were nest
 abundant.  A drift net and  a migration trap placed below the riffles before drawdown
 showed that all of the macrolnvcrtebrates in the exposed areas were left  stranded.  It
 was estimated that In a 3-km stretch of the river over 3 billion Invertebrates were
 destroyed.   In addition,  55 sculplns were left  stranded In three 0.8U sq  meter areas.
 The results indicate that fluctuating water levels may be more harmful to the production
 of sport fish than the actual destruction of prey organisms  since algae and higher
 aquatic plants,  which provide necessary habitat for these organisms, are  also destroyed.
 Extreme low water levels  may be more detrimental to productivity than fluctuating flows
 since other studies have  shown that many organisms cannot adapt  to alternating lotlc
 and lentlc  habitats.   It  is concluded that flow conditions will  have to be  altered to
 Improve the productivity  of this area of the Snake River.
 INDEX TERMS:  Flow rates,  Water level fluctuations,  Irrigation effects, Stoneflles,
       Mayflies,  Caddisflies,  Dlptera,  Mites,  Sculplns, Water  beetles, Aquatic
       populations.  Snake  River.
AMIC-7627              ~       ~~~~                                                 "
"PLANT ANALYSIS FOR NUTRIENT ASSAY OF NATURAL WATERS", Cerloff, G. C., Wisconsin
University, Department of Botany and Inlstltute of Plant development, Madison,
Wisconsin, Report No. EPA-R1-73-001, February 1973, 66 pp.

          Plant analysis was developed as a relatively simple procedure for evaluating
nutrient  supplies and growth-limiting nutrients for nuisance macrophytes In lakes
and streams.  Plant analysis requires establishing In Index segments of the macrophytes
the critical concentration (minimum plant concentration for maximum yield) of each
essential nutrient likely to limit growth.  Critical concentrations for nitrogen,
phosphorus, sulfur, calcium, magnesium, potassium, Iron, manganese, zinc, boron, and
molybdenum were established in appropriate Index segnents of Elodea occidentalis.
The copper critical concentration was estimated.  Critical concentrations for nitrogen,
phosphorus, and several other elements were established In Ceratophyllum demersum.
To evaluate plant analysis, samples of Elodea and Ceratophyllum were routinely collected
from Wisconsin Lake, analyzed for essential nutrients, and the analyses were compared
with the  critical concentrations for indications of nutrient deficiency.  A
growth-limiting role of an element in a lake was indicated by plant concentrations below
the critical level,  nitrogen, phosphorus, calcium, and copper were at or close to
critical  levels In one or more lakes.  Neither phosphorus nor nitrogen seemed to be a
general growth-limiting nutrient In the lakes sampled.  The most unexpected result was
an Indication of copper deficiency In several lakes.   From the extensive nutritional
experiments to establish critical element concentrations, a synthetic nutrient medium
for general macrophyte culture was developed.
INDEX TERMS:  Bloassay, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Sulfur, Calcium,  Magnesium. Potassium,
      Iron, Manganese. Zinc. Nutrient requirements, Boron, Molybdenum, Plant growth.
      Elodea occidentalis,  Ceratophyllum demersum,  Culture media.
                                                                                       __
 AMIC-7632
 "THE ACCUMUIATIOH FROM WATER OF ZN-65,  HN-5U,  CO-58,  AND FE.59 BY THE  MUSSEL,  MYTILUS
 EDULIS". Pentreatn,  R. J.,  Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United
 Kingdom, Vol. 53, No.  1,  February 1973, pp 127-1U3.

          The accumulation from seawater..of Zn-65, Mn-5U,  Fe-59, and Co-58 by
 the mussel,  Hytilus  edulis, has been studied In relation to the stable element levels
 of these Isotopes both In the sea water and in individual tissues.  For all four
 radlonuclldes the greatest  accumulation occurred  In the stomach and digestive  gland
 samples  and  further  localization of Zn-65 and Fe-59 vas demonstrated by autoradlography.
 As the animals were  starved during the  accumulation period the  loss of stable  elements
 by Individual tissues  was also  followed.  Again the most notable effect occurred In the
 digestive gland tissues with the  exception of a large of Iron by the foot.
 Autoradlography showed that after two weeks accumulation Fe-59 occurs In large clusters
 in the foot,  notable In the byssus gland area.   These clusters disappear after a further
 two-week period and  may thus be secreted Into new byssus threads.  The accumulation of
 nuclldes was  examined  using a single exponential model and values obtained for flux
 rates, biological half times and  asymptotic values were compared with the stable
 element  concentration  factors.  An analysis of parameters of exchange of nuclldes in
 individual tissues with the  water was further examined using the Kendall coefficient of
 concordance.  There  is an indication that as well as accumulating nuclldes via
 partlculate matter In  suspension  the mucus Itself Is capable of sequestering them, even
 though they are In the soluble form, and may even preferentially accumulate soluble
 forms.  The actual role of water  In the accumulation of the nuclldes studied appears to
be  relatively minor compared with that of food  accumulation as estimated by difference
 from the calculated stable element values.
AMIC-7632 (Continued)
Card 2/2
INDEX TERMS:  Bloaccumulatlon, Zn-65,, Mn-51*,  Fe-59,  Co-58,  Bioassay,  Mussels,
      Mathematical models, Mytllus edulis.

-------
        2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
                    AMTC-7631*
                    "SOND CRUISE  1965;  FACTOR AND CLUSTER ANALYSES OF THE PLANKTON RESULTS, A GENERAL STUDY",
                    Angel, M. V., Fasham,  M. J.  R., Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the
                    United Kingdom. Vol. 53, No. 1, February 1973, PP 185-231.

                             The  data  for  five planktonic taxa sampled during the SOND cruise
                    (autumn  1965) by R. R. S.  'Discovery1 In a day and a night series of horizontally
                    toved nets have been analyzed by  factor and cluster analyses.  The factor analyses of
                    hauls shoved  that  there were five biologically distinct zones In the water column
                    between  the surface and 1000 m.   The zones were more distinct In the day aeries than
                    In the night.  Factor  analyses of the Individual taxa gave sensible groupings of species
                    and the  factor score plots gave 'averaged' depth distributions for each group.  Cluster
                    analyses of the Individual taxa gave results consistent with the factor analyses.
                    Both  methods  ^ve  groupings which fitted the zonation patterns of the hauls, except for
                    the two  zones between  100 and U60 m at night.  Only cluster analyses could be carried
                    out on the total data  matrices.   Althou^i satisfactory interpretation was only possible
                    with  the aid  of the analyses of the individual taxa, the zonation and species groupings
                    were  again largely retained.  The zonation of the planktonic taxa is shown to be very
                    similar  to that described for nektonic species sampled on the same cruise.  The
                    usefulness of these analytical methods is compared with the conclusions of other
                    investigators.  It is  concluded that the rotation of the matrices to simple structure
                    in the factor analysis gave a marked improvement in the ease of interpretation.  For
                    this  data, principal component analyses gave very similar results to the full factor
                    analyses.

                    INDEX  TERMS:  Distribution patterns, Copepods, Biological communities, Amphipods,  Data
                          interpretation,  Ostracods, Euphausiids, Chaetognaths,  Factor analysis, Cluster
                   	anal Vfll fl.	  	
AMIC-7633
"THE OCCURRENCE AND SEASONAL VARIATION OF TRACE METALS IN THE SCALLOPS PECTEN MAXIWS
L,) AND CHLAMYS OPERCULARIS (L.)", Bryan, C. W., Journal of the Marine Biological
Association of the United Kingdom, Vol. 53, No. 1, February 1973, PP 1^5-1667

         Two species of scallops, Peeten maxlmus (L.) and Chiangs opercularis
(L. ) were collected over a period of about 3 years from the English Channel in an
attempt to follow seasonal changes in trace metal concentrations, to see whether reasons
for individual variations could be detected, and to establish baseline concentrations
for species from other areas.  The body fluid, gonad, foot, kidneys, and remaining
tissues from six animals were pooled for analysis of Ag, Cd, Cr, Co, Cu, Fe, Mn, Ni,
Pb, and Zn by atomic absorption.  Snmplea were prepared by drying, ashing, dissolving
the ash in HC1, evaporating, and adding HC1 and distilled water.  Since lead, nickel,
and cobalt contents were low a concentration procedure was used which Involved
chelation with ammonium pyrrolidine dithiocarbamate and extraction into methyl isobutyl
ketone.  Although there was considerable variation between individual animals, the mean
concentrations of Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Nl, Pb, and Zn were higher in the whole body of
Chlarcys than in Pecten but concentrations of Al, Cd, and Fe were lower.  In both species
seasonal changes in the concentrations of Co, Cu,  Fe, Mn, Ni,  Pb, and Zn were observed
and in general, the highest values were found in the autumn and winter months.  These
changes may be related to food supply,  since concentrations were generally highest
when phytoplankton productivity was low and tended to fall in the spring as productivity
Increased rapidly to its annual peak.  Despite problems arising from individual and
seasonal variation,  the kidneys and digestive glands of scallops appear to have
potential as biological Indicators of trace metals.  The results obtained for Pecten and
Chlamys are compared with those in the literature for species from the family Pectinidae.
Card 2/2
AMIC-7633 (Continued)

INDEX TERMS:  Bioassay, Aluminum, Cadmium, Chromium,  Cobalt,  Copper,  Iron,
      Lead, Nickel, Zinc, Mollusks, Henvy metals,  Absorption, Season,  Silver,  Sen Hops,
      Atomic absorption spectrophotometry, Pecten maxlmus,  Sample preparation,  Chlamys
      opercularis,  Biological samples,  Nhcroinvertebrates,  Tissue Juice,  Gonads, Foot,
      Kidney, Tissue, Preconcentration,  Bioaccumulation,  English Channel, Body  fluids.
                                                                                          AMIC-7635
                                                                                          "SOME EFFECTS OF A POWER PLANT ON MARINE MICROBIOTA", Fox, J. L, Moyer, M. S.,
                                                                                          Chesapeake Science, Vol. 1^, No. 1, March 1973, pp 1-10.

                                                                                                   Primary productivity, chlorophyll a, adenosine trlphosphate (ATP),
                                                                                          bacterial counts, total and dissolved solids, temperature and dissolved oxygen were
                                                                                          used to evaluate the direct and indirect effects of power plant cooling water on
                                                                                          marine microblota.  Both "shock" effects and changes occurring as or^nisms remained
                                                                                          exposed to the warmer effluent were determined by following and sampling the heated
                                                                                          water as it flowed out the discharge canal.  The results showed that Increased water
                                                                                          temperature is having an effect on the marine organisms present.  Effects are most
                                                                                          profound Immediately following heat exposure and their severity seems to be
                                                                                          proportional to the temperature of the Intake water.   Primary productivity dropped an
                                                                                          average of 25.9 percent.  ATP and bacterial populations generally Increased.
                                                                                          Chlorophyll a showed wide fluctuations.  The results showed that some organisms,
                                                                                          such as phytoplankton, may be killed (or at least hindered in their ability to
                                                                                          assimilate carbon) whereas other organisms, such as bacteria, survive condenser tube
                                                                                          passage and may even Increase In numbers as a result of prolonged exposure to
                                                                                          increased heat.

                                                                                          INDEX TERhC:  Primary productivity, Thermal pollution, Bacteria, Electric powerplants.
                                                                                                Chlorophyll a,  Adenosine trlphosphate, Total solids.
               38

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7636
"SWIMMING PERFORMANCE OF THREE WARMWATER FISHES EXPOSED TO A RAPID TEMPERATURE CHANGE",
Hocutt, C. J., Chesapeake Science, Vol. 15, Ho. 1, March 1973, PP 11-16.

          To evaluate the potential effects of thermal pollution on fish,
largemouth baas, spotfln shiners, and channel catfish were collected from lake water
at 27-31 C and Immediately exposed to temperatures of 15 to 35 C at Intervals of 5 C for
1U-20 hours.  Swimming tests viere conducted in a 37 liter oval, plexiglass, closed
system tunnel resplrometer equipped with a pump capable of producing a velocity of
82 m/mln circulated -water in the tank.  Water temperature was controlled by mixing
water from two tanks, one at a temperature of 7-10 C and one at a temperature of 50 C.
Fish uere conditioned In the test tanks for 20 minutes with currents of 11.0 m/mln for
largemouth bass and spotfln shiners and lb.6 m/mln for channel catfish.  After
conditioning the velocity was Increased 3-6 m/mln every 20 minutes until the fish
collapsed against the retaining screen.  Critical swimming speeds and weighted polynomial
regressions were calculated for each species using data on absolute and relative
performance.  With all species, swimming performance Increased with Increasing
temperature up to 30 C after which performance decreased.  The optimum performance
temperature, therefore, was the same as the ambient temperature of the natural habitat.

INDEX TERMS:  Bloassay, Thermal pollution, Flow rates, Swimming, Channel catfish,
      Velocity, Spotfln shiner, Largemouth bass, Critical swimming speed.
AMIC-76U9
"ECOLOGY AHD PRODUCTION OF THE PROFUNDAL BENTHOS IN RELATION TO PHYTOPLANKTON IN LAKE
ESROM", Jonasson, P. M., ODCOS Supplementum, Vol. lU, 1972, pp l-llt8.

          Morphometrlc and environmental data of the 17.3 S1 1m and 22 n deep
dlmlctlc, eutrophlc Lake Earom, Denmark are given.  The seasonal variation In solar
radiation, temperature, oxygen, specific conductivity, pH, transparency, Ionic
composition, and its relationship to primary production of phytoplankton vas measured
over 10 years.  A spring maximum of diatoms usually occurs In April after the Ice cover
has gone and a summer maximum of bluegreens occurs In August.  The seasonal succession
is correlated with duration of Ice cover, solar radiation, temperature, and nutrient
supply.  Mean annual phytoplankton gross production was 260 g C/sq m/yr, with a range
from 170 to 330 g C/sq m/yr (2,WtO kcal/ sq m/yr).  Net production, estimated as 75
percent of the gross production, consequently, was 195 g C/sq m/yr (1,830 kcal/sq m/yr}.
The essential relationships between environment, food, growth, life cycles, and
population dynamics are described for three detrltlvores and two carnivores.  The
detrltlvore Chirononms anthracinus feeds at the mud surface.  Oxygen content and food
are the growth determining factors, because the periods when planktonlc algae reach the
bottom as fresh food coincide with the growth periods of Chironomua anthraclnus.
Changes In dry and wet welghti nitrogen (protein) and fat of the larvae also follow the
environmental changes.  The detrltlvorous tublflcld Ilyodrllus hamnonlensls and the
mussel Plsldlum casertanum both feed below the mud surface.  Their food, growth, and life
cycles have the same seasonal pattern, but are entirely different from Chironomua
anthraclnus and the following carnivores.  Both species show similar seasonal changes in
dry and wet weight and nitrogen content.  The carnivores Chaoborus flavlcans and
Proeladlus pectlnatus show the same growth pattern, similar changes in dry and wet weight
AMIC-7637
"SUBLETHAL EFFECTS OF BALTIMORE HARBOR  WATER ON THE WHITE PERCH, MORONE AMERICANA, AND
THE HOGCHOKER, TRIHECTES MACULATUS", Morgan, R. P., II, Fleming, R. F., Rasln, V. J.,
Heinle, D. R., Chesapeake Science, Vol.  lU, No. 1, March 1973, PP 17-27.

          Possible sublethal effects of Baltimore Harbor Water, which  receives
various industrial and domestic wastes,  were investigated In bioassays with white perch
and hogchokers.  The tests were conducted  In 170 liter polyethylene tanks containing
full-strength Harbor water, half-strength  Harbor water and water from  the Patuxent
River.  Exposures were for lU  to  30 days for white perch and 7 to 28 days for hogchokers.
After exposure, blood samples  were collected for differential staining and bodies were
dissected for enzyme, histology,  heavy  metal, and pesticide analyses.  There were no
significant variations In Cd,  Cr, Cu, Fe,  Hg, and Zn  in the three tests.  Dleldrln
was the only pesticide found and  variations were slight among the tests.  However,
physiological effects of Baltimore Harbor  water Included changes in tnrombocyte,
neutrophll, and basophll levels in white perch.  Biochemical effects included increased
LDH activity In the serum of white perch and hogchokers when exposed to Baltimore
Harbor water, decreased acetylchollnesterase activity in white perch and hogchoker
brains, and decreased catalase levels of the liver of both white perch and hogchokers.
Sublethal effects were noted at the longer (28 and 30 day) exposures to the Baltimore
Harbor water.

INDEX TERMS:  Fish physiology, Bloassay, White perch, Heavy metals, Dleldrln, Enzymes,
      Cadmium, Chromium, Copper,  Iron,  Mercury, Zinc, Baltimore Harbor, Hogchoker,
      Histology.
                                                                                       39
AMIC-76U9 (Continued)
Card 2/2
and nitrogen content, and the same one-year life cycle.  Insects dominate secondary
production, which amounts to 100 kcal/sq m/yr.  Mortality in the detrltivore Is high
(3.59 kcal/sq m/yr) but lower In the carnivores (2.6 and 1.3 kcal/sq m/yr).  Other losses
are due to emergence.  Turn over rates are rather low.  Community respiration of the
macrofauna amounted to <»32 kcal/sq m/yr, or more than four times the secondary production.
The production of profundal benthos in the lake is compared with the estimated production
of zooplankton and the trophic relations between phytoplankton, zooplankton and benthos
are discussed.

INDEX TERMS:  Benthlc fauna, Ecology, Phytoplankton, Secondary productivity, Profundal
      zone, Hypollmnlon, Environmental effects, Aquatic Insects, Food habits, Life
      cycles, Growth rates, Molluska, Annelids, Biorhythms, Mortality, Dominant organisms,
      Annual turnover, Standing crops, Energy budget, Lake Esrom, Seasonal variation,
      Insect physiology, Nutrient supply, Seasonal succession, Energy flow, Data
      interpretation.

-------
                                                                               •£..  BIUUJOICAL METBULtl
AMIC-7651
"ENERGY FDOW IN A WOODLAND STREAM ECOSYSTEM: II. THE TAXOHOMIC COMPOSITION AHD PHENOLOGY
OF THE CHIRONOMIDAE AS DETERMINED BY THE COLLECTION OF PUPAL EXUVIAE", Coffmn, W. P.,
Archiv fur Hydrobiologle, Vol. 71, No. 3, March 1973, PP 281-322.
          The taxonomlc composition and phenology of the ehlronomld community of
a small woodland stream In eastern Northern America were Investigated by the utilization
of natural collections of surface drifting pupal exuviae.  Based on pupal
Identifications 1U3 ehlronomld taxa vere recognized: Orthocladlnae (83), Chironomlnl
(25), Tanytarslnl (21) and Tanypodlnae (lU).  A total of 31* patterns of emergence were
summarized In six major and three minor types.  Almost all Orthocladllnae species had
an emergence period In the late winter to mid-spring months.  The other major taxa
generally appeared later with the Chlronomlnl and Tanypodlnae being the most extreme.
The onset of the emergence of the major taxa coincided sharply with the spring water
temperature Increase, the attainment of the maximum summer temperature and the period
of maximum diel temperature fluctuation.  Preliminary experiments on the decomposition
of exuviae Indicate that they remain floating for about two days.  The quantification
of the collecting method Is discussed in conjunction with Its possible use In benthlc
production studies.  A short review of recently published work On the ehlronomld
pupal life stage Is Included.

INDEX TERMS:  Life cycles, Systematlcs, Phenology, Blorhythms, Pennsylvania, Midges,
      Biological communities, Linesville Creek, Species diversity.
AMIC-7658
 'PLANKTOHIC CHARGES FOLLOWING THE RESTORATION OF LAKE TRUMMEN, SWEDEN", Anderson,
Cronberg, G., Gelln, C., AMBIO, Vol. 2, Noa. 1/2, February 1973, PP
0.,
          Restoration of Lake Trummen, a shallow ollgotrophlc lake near Vaxjo,
Sweden, was attempted by first cutting off pollutant sources and then removing the
nutrient-rich sediment by suction-dredging.  This paper reports some of the changes
In the plankton communities In 1969 (before restoration) and 1972 (the year after
restoration).  Water samples were analyzed for phosphates, total phosphorus, ammonia,
Kjeldahl nitrogen, pH, and transparency.  Phytoplankton samples were collected at least
once a month with a Ruttner sampler.  Primary productivity of phytoplankton was
determined by C-ll* uptake.  Zooplankton samples were collected In a plexiglass tube
from 20 sites over 1-2 week intervals and composited for counts.  Comparison of data
showed that transparency increased and pH normalized after the restoration.  Other
primary changes occurred as follows.  Blomass of phytoplankton was reduced; the massive
bloom of Microcystls aeruglnosa disappeared; maxima of diatoms occurred during August
rather than in spring and autumn; Chrsophyceae and Glenodlnlum developed under ice;
nannoplankton increased; and productivity, although not greatly different, resulted in
larger part from nannoplankton.  The most stlklng change In zooplankton was that species
indicative of eutrophy (Brachionus angularls, Trlchocerca pusilia, Keratella quadrata,
^hydorus sphaerlcus) declined dramatically.

INDEX TERMS:  Nutrients, Primary productivity, Phytoplankton, Zooplankton, Hydrogen Ion
      concentration, Trophic level, Dredging, Succession, Restoration, Transparency.
AMIC-7657
"LOW pH VALUES SHOWN TO AFFECT DEVELOPING FISH EGGS (BRACHYDAHIO RERIO HAM.-BUCH.)",
Johansson, N., Klhlstrom, J. E., Wahlberg,  A., AMBIO, Vol. 3, Nos.  1/2, February 1973,
pp U2-U3.

          Since the acidity  of lakes  and rivers  in northwestern Europe has been
Increasing, purportedly due  to emission of  sulfur compounds  into the atmosphere from
burning fossil fuel, tests were conducted with zebraflsh eggs to determine the effects
on fish populations.  Eggs were collected and reared at 25 C in petrl dishes containing
water at pH ranges of U.O to 10.0.  Dead and hatched eggs were counted daily.  A total
of about 2100 eggs were studied.  The frequency  of hatching  decreased from about 50
precent at pH 7 to about four percent at pH U, the young embryos being the most
sensitive to the acid water.  There was also a tendency towards a prolongation of the
period from fertilization to hatching at low pH  values.  In  slightly alkaline solutions
the frequency of hatching remained unchanged, but there was  a slight shortening of the
period from fertilization to hatching.

INDEX TERMS:  Water pollution effects. Hydrogen  Ion concentration,  Bloassay, Fish eggs,
      Hatching, Sulfur compounds, Survival.
AMIC-7663
"THE ZOOPLANKTON OF THE GULF OF GUINEA", Balnbrldge, V., Bullens of Marine Ecology,
Vol. 8, No. 1, September 1972, pp 6l-97.

          This paper concerns the quantity and composition of the zooplankton  In the
coastal waters of tropical West Africa and its variability in relation to the
hydrographle climate of the region.  Three series of zooplankton collections were
used In this study:  (a) samples taken with closing nets near the edge of the  shelf
off Guinea  In October, 1956 and off Nigeria In 1961 and 1962 to investigate vertical
distributions and migrations; (b) a series of samples collected from July 1961
to July 1962 at the stations of a monitoring oceanographlc transect Off Lagos,
Nigeria, to study the annual cycle of zooplankton; and (c) samples collected In 1952
during extensive fishery surveys along the West African shelf between Cape Verde and
Fernando Po.  All collections were preserved In 5 percent formaldehyde made up in
filtered sea water and neutralized with borax.  A standard procedure was followed
in examining the samples.  The results of the plankton analyses were considered in
terms of community diversity and trophic structure.  Zooplankton showed a marked
discontinuity at the thermocllne, many copepod species being restricted to the
Tropical Surface Water (TSW) or the South Atlantic Central Water (SACW) while
others migrated dlurnally between the two water masses.  Off Lagos in 1961 and 1962,
quantities  of zooplankton within the upper 30 m were normally low, showing a gradual
transition  from a nerltlc to an oceanic fauna with increasing distance from the
coast.  During a weak up we 11Ing in August and September, zooplankton volumes over
the shelf increased fourfold or more.  Two copepoda, Calanoides carinatus and
Euealanua ponachua, both relatively rare over the shelf during stable conditions,
became aEundant "In the surface waters.  During the upwelllng, the faunal diversity
                                                                                       1*0

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
 AMIC-7663 (Continued)
Card 2/2
 declined and the percentage of carnivores In the population fell below the  usual
 20-UO percent level.   Extensive surveys In the Gulf of Guinea have confirmed the
 great ecological Importance and frequent dominance of the relatively large  copepod
 Calanoldes carlnatus during the localized upwelllngs off Ghana and Senegal  where
 It would appear to be one of the main exploiters of the accompanying diatom blooms.
 The relevance of these studies to some well known concepts regarding speclatlon In
 tropical environments la discussed.   The key factor leading to the usually  highly
 diverse zooplankton appears to be the relative stability of the environment.

 INDEX TERMS:  iiooplankton, Sampling, Atlantic Ocean, Distribution patterns, Migration
       patterns, Upwelling, Species diversity, Sample preservation, Gulf of  Guinea.
 AMXC-766U
 "SMALL-SCALE  EXPERIMENTS TO DETERMINE  THE  EFFECTS  OF  CPUDE OIL FILMS ON CAS EXCHANGE OVER
 THE CORAL BACK-REEF AT HERON ISLAND",  Klnsey,  D. W.,  Environmental  Pollution, Vol. U,
 No. 3,  April  1973,  PP 167-182.

          A coral reef at Heron  Island  •.'hich  Is subjected to low-tide slack water
 conditions, was  fenced with steel posts, fencing wire, and acetate-covered wire mesh for
 investigation of the effect of  oil  slicks  on gas exchange.  Three tests were conducted
 during  low tides: (l)  control with  no  oil  film; (2) with an oil film of about 0.1 mm
 thickness; and (3)  with an  oil  film of about 0.7 mm thickness.  Moonle crude oil was
 used  in the experiments.  Oxygen levels, temperature, pH, alkalinity, salinity, and
 wind  speed were  measured.   Carbon dioxide  was  calculated from other data.  The following
 points  were indicated:  (l)  Films as thin as  0.1 mm caused considerable calming of the
 water surface.   (2)  Under conditions of light  wind, films of 0.1 mm and 0.7 mm nominal
 thickness caused no  significant interference with  oxygen and carbon dioxide transfer
 through the water surface other than that  associated directly with the calming effect.
 Respiration of the  reef community remained normal.  (3) A 0.1 mm film of the heavier
 residual  oil  left after prolonged exposure of  the  'fresh' crude may nave given some
 slight  interference  with gas transfer  but  it is more probably that this effect was an
artefact  of temperature.  (U) No toxlcity  effects  or abnormal behavior patterns were
observed  over the time  periods used.   (5)  More Information is required on the effects of
dead  calm weather, higher temperature, thicker and more viscous oil films, and longer
periods of exposure.
INDEX TERMS:   Oil spills, Reefs, Toxiclty, Dissolved oxygen,  Carbon dioxide, Gas exchange,
      Moonie  crude oil.
                                                                                       41
AMIC-7665
"A STUDY OF A SMALL TROPICAL LAKE TREATED WITH THE MOLLUSCICIDE FICSCON", Corbet, S. A.,
Green, J., Betney, E., Environmental Pollution. Vol. U, No. 3, April 1973, pp 193-206.

         N-trltylmorphollne was applied, ae the 16.5 percent w/v emulslflable
concentrate In tetrachloroethylene, to parts of the shores of two lakes in West
Cameroon against the vectors of schlstoscoilasls.  The concentrations of
N-trltylmorpholine, with its breakdown product, trtphenylcarblnol, in the lakes Just
after spraying ranged from 0.9 to 8.0 ppm.  The treatment killed many cichlld fishes,
particularly the young that live close inshore, and the higher concentrations killed or
lnmoblllzed several species of aquatic Insects, crustaceans and rotifers.  Ostracods
and hydracarlnes survived U.8 ppm.  There were no obvious long-term effects on the
populations of fishes or Invertebrates,  probably because these animals quickly
recolonize the treated beaches from unsprayed areas nearby.  The use of an alternative,
granular, formulation of N-tritylmorphollne may prove less harmful to fishes and
invertebrates other than snails.

INDEX TERMS:   Pesticide toxlcity,  Freshwater fish,  Mollusclcides,  Invertebrates, Snails,
      Rotifers,  Diptera,  Dragonfliea,  Mayflies,  Ollgochaetes,  Mites,  Nematodes,
      Frescon.
                     AMIC-7666
                     "THE EFFECTS OF REFUSE-TIP LIQUOR UPON STREAM BIOLOGY", Nuttall, P. M., Environmental
                     Pollution, Vol. U, No. 3, April 1973, pp 215-222.

                              An assessment was made of the effects of drainage from five refuse-tips
                     upon the biology of the receiving watercourses.  Refuse-tip liquor is a complex
                     suspension and solution of organic and inorganic constituents,  with an acid pH, high
                     conductivity and usually high concentration of iron in solution.  Phosphate content is
                     high and nitrogen, as free and saline ammonia, is usually high.   Refuse-tip liquor
                     tends to have a high BOD and causes severe de-oxygenation of the river at the point
                     of discharge.  Three refuse-tips were found to be the cause of  gross pollution of the
                     stream, resulting In massive growths of sewage fungus Leptomitus lacteus,  with the
                     Invertebrate community dominated by the oligocnaete Hals elinguls over a considerable
                     distance downstream.  Chironomldae and the oligochaetes Tublfex ignotus,  Tubifex
                     tublfex and Lumbrlculus vaxiegata were frequent Immediately below discharges.  The
                     absence of many invertebrate species appears to be associated with the presence of
                     massive growths of sewage fungus in the stream trapping silt and blocking the
                     interstices between stones,  and the increase in pollution.

                     INDEX TERMS:  Water pollution effects, Fungi,  Oligochaetes, Diptera,  Crustaceans,
                           Stoneflles,  Mayflies,  Caddisflies,  Water beetles,  Mollusks,  Refuse-tip liquor,
                           Turbellarla, Hlrudlnea.

-------
                                                                                a.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
'  AMIC-7667
  "RECOVER* OF SALT MARSH VEGETATION FROM SUCCESSIVE OIL SPILLAGES", Baker, J. M.,
  Environmental Pollution, Vol. 1», No. 3, April 1973, PP 223-230.

           Field experiments Involving different numbers of successive olllngs with
  Kuwait crude were carred out on three types of salt marsh vegetation (Spartlna
  anglica, Puccinellia maritima, Juneus maritlmus) in 1968.  Recovery from up to four
  olllngs was~~generally good, but considerable changes resulted from eight and twelve
  olllngs.  Changes In species dominance or exposure of bare mud persisted in 1972,
  indicating that recovery was likely to be very slow.

  INDEX TERMS:  Oil apllls, Dominant organisms, Salt marshes, Aquatic plants,
        Recovery.
  AMIC-7670
  "EFFECTS OF LOGGING ON PERIPHYTON IN COASTAL STREAMS OF OREGON", Hansmann,  E. W.,
  Phlnney, H.  K.,  Ecology,  Vol.  51*,  Mo. 1,  Winter 1973,  pp  19^-199.

           Changes in the stream algal flora were observed  during a  multi-disciplinary
  logging study of small watersheds in Oregon.   Clearcut logging was applied  to one
  watershed of 71  hectares,  while a second  watershed  of 30** ha  was patch-cut  leaving
  a buffer-strip of vegetation along the stream channel.  A third watershed of 203 ha
  was not logged but remained as a control.   Pre-logging and post-logging  oxygen
  levels, temperature,  and  sedimentation loads  were analyzed.   Access  roads were built
  In 1963, and logging completed in 1966.   Analysis of the  algal communities  of the three
  watershed streams prior to the logging operation of 1966  Indicated that  the communities
  were predominantly a perlphyton type composed mainly of diatoms.   Immediately following
  the yarding operation of  the clearcut watershed, large quantities  of Sphaerotllus
  natans colonized all debris and mud in the stream,  and a  change in the algal flora
  appeared to take place.   Large mats of green  algae  were observed colonizing all mud
  and slash.   Results from  glass substrates indicate  that some  changes may have taken
  place In the diatom community.

  INDEX TERMS:  Water pollution effects,  Lumbering, Oregon,  Streams, Chlorophyta,
        Cyanophyta,  Dissolved oxygen,  Water temperature,  Sediment load, Chrysophyta,
        Dominant organisms.
AMIC-7673
"ESTABLISHMENT OF INVERTEBRATE COMMUNITIES ON LOG SUBSTRATES IN TOE KASKASKIA RIVER,
ILLINOIS"  Nllsen, H. C., Larlmore, R. W., Ecology, Vol. 51*, No. 2, Spring, 1973,
pp 366.37"*.
         Development of invertebrate communities on log substrates was investigated
in three habitats.  In slowly moving, shallow water, standing crops (weights) of
colonizing invertebrates followed a sigmold growth curve during a 6-week exposure
period.  Initial colonization was rapid, followed by 2 weeks of slow growth, a
rapid increase during the next 2 weeks, and then a leveling off at 1,650 mg/sq m
during the final week.  Numbers followed a similar pattern of growth, attaining a
high of approximately 100,000/sq m by the end of the 5th week.  Chlronomid larvae
colonized first and in the greatest numbers, followed sequentially by sessile
rotifers and ollgochaetes.  These three organisms had the greatest influence on
standing crops and total numbers.  In a riffle, colonization was also rapid:  569
mg and 8,830 Individuals per sq m at the end of four weeks.  The riffle community
was dominated by Taenlopteryx nlvails, hydropsychld larvae, chlronomld larvae,
and simullld larvae.  In a pool, the standing crop was largest on logs at an
intermediate depth, next largest near the surface,  and smallest near the bottom.  The
ollgochaete, Aeolosoma sp., attained their largest population on logs at the
greatest depth, while chlronomld larvae and taenlopterygid naiads attained their
largest populations at or above the Intermediate depth.  Communities on naturally
occurring logs contained more planaria and insects of the families Hydropsychldae,
Heptagenlldae, and Elmldae than on the experimental logs in slowly moving, shallow
water.  Communities on the Introduced logs did not reach a cliimx stage during the
experimental period because organisms, organic detritus, and silt were constantly
AMIC-7673 (Continued)
Card 2/2
accumulating or sloughing off, the substrate was slowly decomposing, and changes
were occurring seasonally in the chemical and physical condition of the water,  all of
which modified the habitat and influenced community development.

INDEX TERMS:  Natural streams, Biological communities. Invertebrates, Periphyton,
      Phytoplankton, Dominant organisms,  Aquatic habitats,  Aquatic insects,  Larvae,
      Oligochaetes, Ponds, Shallow water, Water levels. Rotifers, Crustaceans,
      Nematodes, Mollusks, Colonization,  Logs,  Kaskaskla River,  Ifflea, Water mites,
      Planarlans.

-------
                                                                               2.   BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMTC-7675
"A CENTRIFUGE METHOD FOR DETERMINING LIVE WEIGHTS OF AQUATIC INSECT LARVAE, WITH A
NOTE OS WEIGHT UOSS IN PRESERVATIVE", Stanford, J. A., Ecology, Vol. 5U, No. 2,
Early Spring 1973, PP W»9-l»5i.

          A reproducible centrifuge drying method for determining live or
preserved weights of aquatic  insects is described.  Live or preserved larvae are
transferred into centrifuge tubes with forceps, or they may be filtered from the
preservative by pouring the sample through a tube.  The tubes are Inserted into the
shields of the centrifuge head;  the larvae are spun for 3 min at 650 rpm.  Weights
are computed by subtracting the  weight of the empty centrifuge tube from the weight
of the tube plus Insects after spinning.  Care must be taken, however, to keep water
from the outside of the tube  since it does not spin off.  An attempt was made to
derive a conversion factor for vielght loss in preservative.  Results showed a great
interspecific variation in weight loss over a period of time due to the effect of
preservative.

INDEX TERMS:  Aquatic insects, Larvae, Methodology, Weight loss, Live weights, Sample
      preservation, Reproduclbllity, Data interpretation.
AMIC-76SU
"SILICON AND THE ECOLOGY OP MARINE PLANKTON DIATOMS.  II. SILICATE-UPTAKE KINETICS IN
FIVE DIATOM SPECIES", Paasche, E., Marine Biology, Vol. 19, No. 3, April 1973, pp 262-
269.                               	

          The variation of the rate of silicate uptake with varying silicate
concentration In the medium was investigated in short-term experiments with the
following marine diatom species: Steletonema costatum, Thalassloslra pseudonana
Thalassloslra declplens, Dltylum brlghtwellli, and Ltcmophora sp.The uptake '
conformed to MlcTjaells-Menten kinetics only after a correction had been made for
reactive silicate that apparently could not be utilized by the diatoms.  The magnitude
of this correction was In the range of 0.3 to 1.3 mlcrogram-at Si/1.  Mean values of
the half-saturation constant of silicate uptake were calculated' for the different
species.  The lowest value was found in Skeletonema costatum (0.60 microgram-at Sl/l)
and the highest in Thalassioslra declpiena J3.37 mfcrogram-at Sl/l).  Growth limitation
by low silicate concentrations could be a cause of species succession In narine
plankton-diatom blooms.  See also:  AMIC-7725.

INDEX TERMS:  Diatoms, Silicates, Absorption, Kinetics, Cultures, Phytoplankton, Marine
      algae, Cnrysophyta, Regression analysis, Limiting factors, Substrate utilization,
      Skeletonema costatum, Thalassloslra pseudonana, Thalasslosira declplens, Dltylum
      brlghtwelll, Llcooorpha, Culture media. Algal physiology, Algal growth.
AMIC-7682.
"STUDY OF THE RESPIRATION AND THE NITROGEN AND PHOSPHORUS EXCRETION OF ZOOPLANKTONIC
POPULATIONS OF THE MAURITANIAN UPWELLINO", LeBorgne, R. P., Marine Biology. Vol. 19,
No. 3, April 1973, PP 2^9-257.                              	

          Fifty-six eperlments were run for 22 h on 200-micron-net zooplankton
In non-filtered sea water.  The equations of orthogonal regression lines between
respiration, and mineral, total nitrogen, and phosphorus excretion rates have been
computed for lU stations in the upwelling Maurltanian area.  Correlation coefficients
are high: excretion values may be estimated from respiration values in order to follow
the N and P flux through the Maurltanian zooplankton populations.  0:N, 0:P, N:P,
mineral:total excretion ratios are calculated for each station and are not significantly
different in the 3 areas of the upwelling area studied.  On the average, U8 percent of
excreted phosphorus is thoroughly oxidized into phosphate and needs ikz.k atoms in
respiration per P atom.  The remainder, excreted as organic phosphorus, requires the
same amount of oxygen for its later mineralization.  The 0:P ratio thus obtained'is
close to the theoretical - 276.  Fifty four percent of the nitrogen excreted Is
mineral and the 0:N-NHU(plus) ratio shows a dominant carbohydrate and fat catabollsm.
The n;p ratio is constant, and close to 10 for both mineral and total excretion.
(In French)

INDEX TERMS:  Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Respiration, Zooplankton, Nutrients, Marine animal a,
      Sea water, Cycling nutrients, Mathematical studies. Equations, Estimating, Animal
      metabolism, Phosphates, Animal populations, Carbohydrates, Liplds, Excretion,
      Nutrient flux, Ammonium, Maurltanian upwelling, Correlation coefficients.
      Organic phosphorus, Catabollsm.

	5T
AMIC-7685
"STUDIES ON FRESHWATER MICRO-ORGANISMS: PHOSPHATASE ACTIVITY IN LAKES OF DIFFERING
DEGREES OF EUTROPHICATION", Jones, J. G., Journal of Ecology[ Vol. 60, No. 3, November
1972, PP 777-791.                         	

          Sixteen lakes in the English Lake District were examined during the
period of thermal stratification.  Eplllmnetlc samples were analyzed for total
phosphorus, total soluble phosphorus and soluble Inorganic phosphorus (P sub 1)
concentrations, chlorophyll a, viable bacteria and alkaline phosphatase activity.
Temperature and dissolved oxygen readings enabled the position of the thermocltne to
be determined and the degree of hypolimnetlc oxygen deficit to be assessed.   The
lakes were placed in a series in order of increasing degree of eutrophlcation.   Total
phosphorus and chlorophyll a concentrations, bacterial numbers, hypolimnetlc oxygen
deficit and phosphatase activity measurements appeared to fit this series and so
supported this classification which was based mainly on that of Pearsall (1921).
Two methods were used to assess phosphatase activity, one based on the use of an
artificial substrate, p-nltrophenol phosphate (PNP-POU) and the other on the natural
release of P sub 1 in stored water samples.  Both methods produced results which
were significantly correlated with total phosphorus levels of the water samples and
also with mlcroblal blomass.  Repression and/or Inhibition of alkaline phosphatase In
relation to phosphorus levels found In the lakes was not satisfactorily demonstrated,
but the variety of factors affecting these two control mechanisms (particularly
inhibition) is such that a more detailed survey of each water body would be required.
The high degree of correlation between the two variables indicated that the enzyme
was a good Indicator of biomass present and degree of eutrophlcation, except in
samples where very high numbers of the dinoflagellate Ceratium sp. were present.  The

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7685  (Continued)
Card 2/2
organism was  found  to  contain significantly  lower  levels  of the enzyme  than those
found  In other  micro-organisms.

INDEX  TERMS:  Blomass, Butrophlcation,  Lakes,  Aquatic microorganisms, Epiliranion,
       Hypoltmnion,  Artificial substrates,  Dlnoflagellates,  Diatoms, Phosphorus, Bio-
       Indlcators, Alkaline  phosphatase,  Enzyme activity,  p-Nltrophenol  phosphate,
       Chlorophyll a, Heterotrophlc  bacteria, Substrate  utilization.
AMIC-7686
"SITES OF NUTRIENT ABSORPTION  IN  AQUATIC MACROPHYTES", Denny, P., Journal of Ecology,
Vol. 60, No.  3, November  1972, pp 819-829.                        	

          Six taxa of  floating-leaved  and  submerged-leaved  water plants
(Potamogeton  schwelnfurthli, Potamogeion thunbergli, Potanogeton bunyonylensls,
Ceratophyllum demersum, Hydrllla  vertlclllata., and Valllsnerla~aethioplca) were
planted In artificial  ponds In Kampala, Uganda.  The substratum was divided Into
nutrient-rich mud and  nutrient-poor  sand sections, but the  waters were homogeneously
mesotrophlc.   The plants  were  harvested from 8 to 15 weeks  after planting.  Growth
rates. In ng  dry welght/plant/day, were calculated for roots and shoots.  The growth
rate of the totally submerged  rootless species, C_. demersum, was least affected by
substratum whilst the  floating-leaved, rooted species, P. thunbergil. showed a fourfold
Increase on mud.  This was reflected In ratios of growth" rates of root/shoot of
the rooted taxa.  The  ratios were higher when plants were grown In washed sand, but
P. schwelnfurthll, a submerged species, showed only a small increase whereas P.
thunbergil had a nine-fold greater root/shoot growth rate ratio on sand than on mid.
It Is concluded that nutrients may enter through roots and  shoots, but in some
circumstances entry may be through roots or shoots alone.

INDEX TERMS:   Bloassay, Absorption,  Nutrients, Rooted aquatic plants, Submerged plants.
AMIC-7687
"THE INFLUENCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF FRESHWATER ALGAE:
AH EXPERIMENTAL STUDY".  I.  INTRODUCTION AND THE INFLUENCE OF CALCIUM CONCENTRATION",
Moss, B., Journal of Ecology, Vol. 60, No. 3, November 1972, pp 917-932.

          This study has attempted to establish factors affecting the distribution of
algae In hard and soft waters through a study of the cultural requirements of algae of
known distribution In these waters.  The present paper establishes the natural
distributions of the species used In experiments, and examines the effects of some major
cations on growth.  Introducing a series of papers examining the reasons for the
distribution of freshwater algae In eutrophlc and ollgotrophlc water, this paper
outlines the natural distribution of some of thirty-three species studied experimentally.
Two groups of species are objectively delineated, one {ollgotrophlc) whose members are
restricted to waters with not more than 1.5 m-equlv/1 weak acid salts (bicarbonate), the
other (eutrophlc) with members present In waters with 0-U or more m-equiv/l weak acid
salts.  The ratio of monovalent to divalent cations did not affect growth of five test
speclea.  High calcium levels (100 mg/l) did not reduce growth of ollgotrophlc desmlds,
and 1.0 mg Ca(2 plus)/l was adequate for maximum growth of sixteen species tested.  Two
ollgotrophlc desmlds required at least 1-3 mg Ca(2 plus)/I for maximum growth.  No
evidence was found for the contention that oligotrophlc desmlds are calclphoblc.

INDEX TERMS:  Distribution patterns, Trophic level, Chlorophyta, Chrysophyta, Pyrrophyta,
      Euglenophyta, Cyanophyta, Nutrient requirements, Bloassay, Culture media.
                    AMIC-7669
                    "AMMONIA ASSIMILATION IN BLUE-GREEN ALGAE", Hellson, A. H., Doudoroff, M., Archiv
                    fur Mlkroblologle, Vol. 89, No. 1, January 18, 1973, pp 15-22.             	
                              The occurrence of alanlne dehydrogenase (AlaDH), glutamate
                    dehydrogenase (GDH), and 2-ketoglutarate:glutamlne amidotransferase (GCAT), has been
                    surveyed In a number of blue-green algae.  Among nine unicellular strains grown with
                    nitrate, and belonging to five of the major typological groups, 'AlaDH was present In
                    seven, and GDH In all eight that were assayed.  In ten filamentous strains grown with
                    nitrate, and belonging to the three nonheterocyst-formlng and four heterocyst-forming
                    groups, AlaDH was present in six, but both AlaDH and GDH were present In only one
                    strain.  In those strains which could be grown with N2 as sole nitrogen source, levels
                    of GDH were generally lower, and AlaDH higher in cells fixing N2 than in those growing
                    with nitrate.  GGAT was undetectable In N2-grown cells.  Two unicellular and three
                    filamentous strains were tested for their ability to use L-alanlne, L-glutamate,
                    L-glutamine, and L-asparaglne as sole sources of nitrogen.  Of these, L-asparaglne was
                    utilized most effectively.  There was little difference in levels of GDH in cells
                    grown with nitrate or with L-asparaglne, while the levels of AlaDH were slightly
                    lower In cells grown with L-asparaglne.

                    INDEX TERMS:   Amnonla, "Cyanophyta, Aquatic algae, Nitrogen compounds, Enzymes, Assay,
                          Assimilation, Fate of pollutants. Substrate utilization.

-------
                                                                               2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7691
"OCCURRENCE AND DISTRIBUTION OF CKANOPHAGES IN PONDS, SEWAGE AMD RICE FIELDS", Singh,
P. K., Erchlv fur Mikrobiologie, Vol. IB, No. 2, February 5, 1973, PP 169-172.

          Observations have been made on the occurrence and distribution of
cyanophages active against the blue-green alga Plectoneraa boryanum together with
fluctuations of blue-green algae In permanent freshwater ponds, sewage and rice fields.
Water samples were collected monthly and the genera of blue-green algae present In
them Identified.  The samples were filtered, treated with chloroform, mixed with a
concentrated culture of P. boryanum and plated by the double agar layer technique
(Adams, 1959).  Plaques were counted on the 3rd and 7th day of plating, further Isolated,
multiplied on the alga, and filtered through O.US-inicron milllpore filters.  Two
distinct types of cyanophagea. I.e., clear (virulent) and turbid (lysogenlc) pi
plaque.forming strains were observed In the natural habitat.  The genera of algae o
observed most were Mlcrocystls, Anabaenopsls, Phormidium and Pj.ectonema.  The sewage
main drain contained mostly species of Phormldlum and Osclllatorla.Presence of
cyanophages In ponds and variation in their tltre Indicated that cyanophages might affect
the blue-green algal population In natural habitats.  The occurrence of high titre of
viruses showed that'blue-green algae In rice fields are Infected by them.

INDEX TERMS:  Cyanophyta, Plant viruses, Nuisance algae, Ponds, Sewage, Rice, Cultivated
      lands, Plectonema boryanum, Cyanophages, Culturing techniques.
                                                                                        T
AMIC-7691*
"EFFECTS OF PESTICIDES ON  BLUE-GREEN  ALGAE",  Singh, P, K,. Archlv fur Mllcroblologle,
Vol. 89, No.  U,  February 21,  1973,  PP 317-320.

           A study was conducted to  determine  the  effect  of pesticides on  the
nitrogen-fixing  blue-green algae Cyllndrospermum  sp.,  Auloslra fertlllssima and  the
aerobic non-nitrogen-fixer, Plectonema boryanum strain 59U-Commercial (Indian)
pesticide  preparations  In  granular  form were  used:  5 percent BHC, lindane, dlazinon,
and  2  percent endrin.  Growth was measured in terms of percentage transmittance  of
suspended  cultures and acetone-extracted pigment  measured with a photoelectric
colorimeter.   Cyllndrospernnim sp. survived up to  10, 80, 300 and 600 micrograms/ml  of
BHC, lindane, dlazinon and endrin,  respectively,  with  little experimental variations.
Tolerance  of  pesticides vas almost  similar in nitrogen-free and nitrate-containing
medium.  The  number of cells  decreased as the concentrations of BHC Increased.   A.
fertlllssima  showed growth up to 50 mlcrograms/ml of BHC.  Higher concentratlons~bf
this pesticide were lethal.  Growth of alga was observed in 200, UOO and  500 mlcrograms/
ml of lindane, dlazinon and endrin.  Its tolerance was similar in nitrogen-free  and
nitrate containing medium. P. boryanum grew  up to 30  micrograms/ml of BHC.  There
was  not much  Inhibition of growth In  200, UOO,  and 600 micrograms/ml of lindane,
dlazinon and  endrin.  There was no  growth of  algae in  presence of any concentrations
of pesticides in nitrogen-free medium.  A. fertillsslma  and P. boryanum wre
comparatively more resistant  than Cyllndfbspermum sp.       ~

INDEX  TERMS:   Cyanophyta,  Pesticide toxlcity, Aquatic  algae, Chlorinated  hydrocarbon
       pesticides, Phosphothloate pesticides,  Insecticides, Water pollution effects.
       Algal growth.
AMIC-7697
"EFFECT OF NITRATE, AMMONIA AND NITROGEN STARVATION ON THE REGULATION OF NITRATE
REDUCTASE IN CYANIDIUM CALDARIUM", Rlgano, C., Vlolante, U., Archlv fur Hlkroblologle,
Vol. 90, No. 1, March 2, 1973, PP 27-33.

          Cells of Cyanldlum caldarium grown with ammonia or ammonium nitrate
as nitrogen source do not contain appreciable nitrate reductase activity.  The alga
develops the capacity to synthesize the enzyme when It Is transferred from the
ammonium medium to a nitrogen-free medium.  Nitrate Is not needed as an inducer and
no enhancement in the rate of enzyme synthesis is observed when it Is present.  By
contrast, whereas the synthesis of the enzyme in nitrogen-free medium proceeds at an
Increasing rate, In the nitrate medium it attains a stationary level after a short
time.  Nitrate grovn cells possess variable amounts of inactive nitrate reductase
(from 9 to 60 percent) whereas In nitrogen-free medium the enzyme occurs principally
In a fully active form.  Addition of ammonia inactivates reverslbly the preexisting
enzyme.  The Inactive enzyme Is measurable in the crude extract after activation by
heating.  It Is suggested that In Cyanldlum the Inactivating effect of amnonia, which
is the end product of nitrate reduction, in association with the repression of
enzyme controls the level of nitrate reductase activity.

INDEX TERMS:  Deficient elements, Nutrient requirements, Limiting factors, Nitrates,
      Ammonia, Nitrogen, Cyanophyta, Enzymes, Cultures, Reduction (Chemical), Chemical
      reactions, Biochemistry, Assay, Nitrites, Cyanldlum caldarlum, Nitrate reductase.
      Biosynthesis, Enzymatic inhibitors, Substrate utilization, Culture media, Ammonium,
      Ammonium ions.
AMIC-7709
"STUDIES ON FACTORS AFFECTING SURVIVAL OF NILE FISH IN THE SUDAN.  I. THE EFFECT OF
HYDROGEN ION CONCENTRATION", Mahdl, M. A., Marine Biology, Vol. 18, No. 2, January 1973,
pp 89-92.

          Young of Tllapla nllotlca L. were subjected to acidic and alkaline
media of different pH over 2it-hr periods.  Dilute hydrochloric acid was used to lower
the hydrogen Ion concentration of the test medium.  A pH lower than 2.9 resulted In
immediate mortality, whereas a pH of 3.5 and above produced no mortality.  Alkaline
media had no serious effect on survival. (See also: AMIC-7710 and AMIC-7711)

INDEX TERMS:  Hydrogen Ion concentration, Water pollution effects, Bloassay, Clchllds,
      Freshwater fish, Lethal limit, Alkaline water. Acidic water, Mortality, Laboratory
      tests, Warm-water fish, Tilapia nilotlca, Nile fish, Median tolerance limit,
      Survival.

-------
                                                                              2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-771D
"STUDIES ON FACTORS AFFECTING SURVIVAL OF NILE FISH IH THE SUDAN.   II.  THE EFFECT OF
TEMPERATURE", Mahdl, M. A., Marine Biology, Vol. 18, No.  2, January 1973,  pp 93-95.

          When Tllapia nllotjca L. was exposed to different temperatures for
2U.hr periods, scattered death points were obtained between 36 and Uo C.  Presumably
other factors beside temperature affect mortality rate.  The median tolerance limit
(TLM) over 3b hr was 37.6 C.  This temperature Is higher than summer Hlle  water
temperatures.  (See also:  AMIC-7709 and AMIC-77U)

INDEX TERMS:  Water temperature, Water pollution effects, Thermal  stress,  Bloassay,
      Clchllds, Freshwater fish. Mortality. Lethal limit, laboratory tests, Warm-water
      fish, Nile fish, Tllapla nllotlca, Survival, Median tolerance limit.
AMC-7713
"THE TOXICm OF HEAVY METALS TO EMBRYOS OF THE AMERICAN OYSTER CRASSOSTREA VIRGINICA",
Calabrese, A., Collier, R. S., Nelson, D. A., Maclnnes,  J.  R.,  Marine Biology,  Vol. TB,
No. 3, February 1973, PP 162-166.

          The acute toxlclty of 11 heavy metals tested as Inorganic metallic
salts to embryos of the American oyster Crassostrea vlrglnlca was studied and the
concentrations at which 50 percent of the embryos did not develop were determined.
Static tests were conducted throughout the study and all tests  were Initiated within
one hour after the eggs of the oyster were fertilised.  Tests were terminated after U2
to US h.  To determine the effect of metal toxlclty on embryonic development, the
embryos that survived and developed into Larvae in each culture were collected  on a
36-mlcron nylon screen, resuspended in a 250-ml graduated cylinder and, after thorough
stirring to Insure uniform distribution of the larvae, a U-ml quantitative sample was
removed and preserved In 5 percent neutral formalin.  The samples were examined under
a compound microscope and the number of embryos that had survived and developed Into
Larvae was counted.  The most toxic metals and their LC  sub 50  values were mercury
(0.0056 ppm), silver (0.0058 ppm), copper (0.103 ppm) and zinc  (0.31 ppm).   Those
metals that were not as toxic and their LC sub 50 values were nickel (1.18 ppm), lead
(2.14-5 ppm) and cadmium (3.80 ppm).  Those metals that were  relatively non-toxic and
their LC sub 50 values were arsenic (7-5 ppm), chromium (10.3 ppm) and manganese
(16.0 ppm). a Aluminum was non-toxic at 7-5 ppm, the hlgest concentration tested.

INDEX TERMS:  Heavy metals, Embryonic growth stage, Toxlclty, Bloassay, Mollusks,
      Lethal limit. Water pollution effects, Mortality,  American oyster, Crassostrea
      vlrglnlca, Median tolerance limit, Eastern oyster. Silver, Pelecypods, Arsenic.
AMIC-7711
"STUDIES ON FACTORS AFFECTING SURVIVAL OF NILE FISH IN THE SUDAN.   III. THE EFFECT  OF
OXYGEN", Mahdl, M. A., Marine Biology, Vol. ifl, No. 2, January 1973,  pp 96-98.

          Tllapla nllotica L. were exposed to different levels of ambient
oxygen concentrations for 2li-hr periods,  nitrogen was bubbled through the  water  to
reduce,the oxygen concentration to the respective test level.   When testing
concentrations of oxygen between 2.5 and O.U ppm over 2U-hr periods of exposure,  the
median tolerance limits (TLM) over 2U hr were attained at 1.1*1 ppm of oxygen.   (See also:
AMIC-7709 and AMIC-7710)

INDEX TERMS:  Dissolved oxygen, Bloassay, Water pollution effects, Oxygen sag,  Oxygen
      requirements, Clchllds, Freshwater fish, Lethal limit. Laboratory tests,  Mortality,
      Wano-water fish, Tilapla nllotlca, Nile fish, Survival,  Median tolerance  limit.
AMIC-7715
"THE USE OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES TO MEASURE THE TRANSFER OF MATERIALS IN AQUATIC  FOOD
CHAINS", Conover, R. J., Francis, V., Marine Biology Vol.  18,  No.  U,  February 1973,
pp 272-283.                          	

          Hadiolsotope3 have been misused extensively by ecologlsts in transfer
studies within food chains.  Unless it la known that no recycling of  Isotope  has
occurred during the experiment, the assumption of linear uptake  when  In fact  the
system is not linear, even over short periods, can lead to significant errors In  the
estimation of Ings at ion or feeding.  If recycling occurs,  at least a  3 or U-coimjartment
hydraulic-type model la necessary to even approximate the complicated kinetics of
Isotoplc transfer in a simple aquatic feeding experiment.   In any event,  it is
essential to follov the uptake or loss of an Isotope (change In  specific  activity) as
a function of time In at least 1 compartment before deciding on  an appropriate model.
If experiments are designed so that the maximum number of rate processes  are  summed
or integrated by the animal, the kinetics can be considerably simplified.   If the
food supply is uniformly labelled, the rate .of change of tracer  can be used to give a
rate of Ingestlon (grazing).  If the predator Is labelled with a suitable Isotope
before starting the experiment, the rate of loss of its Isotope  burden under  different
experimental conditions can be used to determine respiration or  excretion rates,
turnover rates, Ingestion, and the size and number of major compartments  in the
transfer system.

INDEX TERMS:  Radioactivity techniques. Mathematical models, Food chains,  Kinetics,
      Aquatic life, Transfer, Absorption, Nutrients, Cycling nutrients, Radlolsotppes,
      Feeding rates, Accuracy, Errors, Elimination, Computer simulation.
                                                                                     To"

-------
                                                                             2.  BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7716
"TURNOVER AND VERTICAL TRANSPORT OF £IHC BY THE EUPHAUSIID MECAHYCTIPHANES NOHVEGICA
IN THE LIGURIAN SEA", Small, L. P., Fovler, S. W., Marine Biology, Vol. IB, No. U,
February 1973, pp 28U-290.

          The participatory turnover  time of  Ionic line by the adult Heganyctlphanes
norveglca population  In  the Ligurlan  Sea ranged between 1*98 and 12U3 years, depending
upon  the available food  supply, and considering the food chain as the only route for
zinc  accumulation by  the population.  A total  Impact turnover time was calculated as
the 3um of the participatory turnover time for live Individuals plus the time required
for dead euphauallds  to  lose 90 percent of their  zinc to the water.  The net vertical
transport of zinc by  Meganyctlphanes  norvegica from the sea surface to any specified
depth can be calculated  as the sum of the dissolved zinc excreted below the depth plus
the concentrations of zinc left In feces, molts and carcasses after they have sunk
to the specified depth.  Feces represents the major route for delivering zinc to the
bottom of the Ligurlan Sea (2500 m) because concentration of the element In the pellets
Is so much higher than In carcasses or molts.  Feces zinc represented over 80 percent
of the total zinc transported to the  sea floor If only marginal food supplies were
available to the euphausllds, and over 90 percent If food was In sufficient supply.

INDEX TERMS:  Zinc, Path of pollutants, Heavy metals, Food abundance, Sea water,
      Mathematical models, Marine animals, Invertebrates, Transport, Meganyctlphanes
      norveglea, Feces,  Turnover, Ligurlan Sea, Bloaccumulatlon, Elimination, Bio-
      transformation, Molts, Carcasses, Vertical  transport, Euphausllds, Macro-
      Invertebrates,  Myslds.
AMIC-7717
"TOXIC 1TY STUDIES ON THE COMPONENTS OF AN OIL-SPILL EMULSIFIER USING LICHINA PYGMAEA
AND XANTHORIA PARILTINA", Brown, D. H., Marine Biology, Vol. l8, No. U, February 1573,
pp 291-297.

          The response of the  lichens Lichina pygmaea and Xanthorla parietlna
to components of the emulslfler BP 1002 was studied, and comparison made to The
behavior of the free-living green alga Chlorella pyrenoldosa and the blue-green alga
Anabaena cyllndrlca.  Inhibition of photosynthetlc C-lU-fIxatlon by the emulsifler
solvent alone was observed with both lichens.  No alteration of the pattern of C-lU
recovery In the various fractions was observed.  Following treatment with either
surfactant, total C-lU-flxatlon was strongXy Inhibited; Increased recovery of C-lU
In the solution fraction occurred, mainly at the expense of the alcohol-extract
fraction.  Surfactant B was more active in this respect than Surfactant A, and Its
effect was attributed to Induced leaktness of the algal cell membranes.
Photosynthesis of C. pyrenoldosa and A. cyllndrlca was Inhibited totally by 1 percent
emulslfler, and the latter alga lysed rapidly with 90 percent loss of the C-lU fixed.
Observations on pigment loss showed removal of the extra-cellular pigment parietln
from X. parietlna by the solvent to be slightly enhanced by addition of either
surfactant.  L. pygmaea was unaffected by the solvent; both surfactants caused loss
of llpid-solub~le photosynthetlc pigments, but only Surfactant B Induced loss of an
unkown water-soluble pigment.

INDEX TERMS:  Bloassay, Chlorophyta, Cyanophyta, Lichens, Photosynthesis, Toxlclty,
      Plant pigments, Surfactants, Emulslfiers, Inhibition, Water pollution effects,
      Radioactivity effects, BP 1002, Oil-spill emulslflers, Lysis.
AMIC-7721
"THE EFFECTS OP AMMONIUM AND PHOSPHATE ENRICHMENTS ON CHLOROPHYLL A, PIGMENT RATIO AND
SPECIES COMPOSITION OF PHYTOPLANKTON OF VINEYARD SOUND", Vlnce, S.~ Vallela, I., Marine
       , Vol. 19, No. 1, March 1973, PP 69-73-
          Seavater containing natural phytoplankton populations (dominant species:
Asterlonella Japonica, Skeletonema costata, and Chaetoceros spp.) from Vineyard Sound,
USA was enriched In the laboratory with three levels each of ammonium and phosphate and
with a combination of ammonium and phosphate which provided three different N:P ratios.
The addition of amnonlum produced more cells and chlorophyll a than the control or the
phosphate enrichments.  However, enrichment with amnonlum and~phosphate, regardless of
the N:P ratio, yielded the most cells and chlorophyll a.  Thus, nitrogen seems to be
the primary limiting nutrient, with phosphate showing Secondary limiting effects.  The
ratios of photosynthetlc pigments DU30/D663 decreased with the Increased chlorophyll a
production in the enriched cultures.  There were no significant changes In the species
composition within the cultures, so that the observed changes in pigment ratio and
chlorophyll a content were due to physiological responses.

INDEX TERMS:   Diatoms, Limiting factors. Phosphates, Plant pigments, Growth rates,
      Phytoplankton, Nutrients, Bloassay, nitrogen, Chlorophyll a, Ammonium,
      Asterlonella Japonlca, Skeletonema costata, Chaetoceros spp.
AMIC-7722
"THE EFFECTS OF CHLORINATION OF WASTEWATER ON FERTILIZATION IN SOME MARINE
INVERTEBRATES", Muchmore, D., Epel, D. Marine Biology, Vol. 19, No. 2, March 1973,
PP 93-95.

          Gametes were collected from the sea urchin, Strongylocentrotus purpuratus, the
echiurold, Urechis caupo, and the annelid, Phragmatopoma call?ornlca,~ror studies on
the effect of chlorlnatlon of domestic sewage on fertilization.Two hundred eggs were
used In each sample with sperm concentrations of 0.033, 0.010, and 0.003 percent.  In
controls, fertilization always exceeded 98 percent.  Fresh chlorinated and unchlorlnated
sewage from the Pacific Grove, California sewage treatment facility was used in the
tests.  Unchlorlnated domestic sewage was found to be a relatively weak Inhibitor of
external fertilization In the 3 marine Invertebrates.  Chlorinated sewage vas a potent
spermlclde, active In inhibiting fertilization In concentrations of available chlorine
as low as 0.05 ppm.  Sodium hypochlorlte In seawater duplicated the effect, and excess
sodium thlosulfate terminated it.  The possibility of chlorine disinfection affecting
reproductive success in the vicinity of outfalls Is discussed.

INDEX TERMS:  Chlorlnation, Fertilization, Worms, Annelids, Bloassay, Toxlclty, Sea
      urchins, Strongylocentrotus purpuratus, Urechls caupo, Phragmatopoma callfornlca.

-------
                                                                                2. BIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7725 (Continued)
                       Card 2/2
INDEX TERMS:  Cultures, Limiting factors, Growth rates. Silicates, Cytologlcal studies,
      Diatoms, Bloassay, Nutrients, Silica, Absorption, Phytoplankton, Marine algae,
      Chemostat, Thalassloslra pseudonana, Culture media.
AMIC-7723
"EFFECT OF ZINC ON GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF LARVAE OF THE PACIFIC OYSTER CRASSOSTREA
PICAS", Brereton, A., Lord, H., Thornton, I., Uebb, J. S., Marine Biology, Vol. 19, "No.
2TRarch 1973, pp 96-101.                                  	

          Following the observation of periodic high concentrations of zinc In
estuarlne waters used In the White Fish Authority's oyster hatchery at Conway, Horth
Wales, two beaker trials were conducted to study the effect of zinc, over the range
recorded, on the young stages of larvae of Crassostrea glgas.  Zinc, added to sea water
both as zinc sulfate and as a natural mlne-adlt water, was applied for a period of 5
days, after which larvae were maintained for a further 5 days In sea water alone.
Increasing concentrations over the range 125 to 500 ppb Zn resulted In decreasing growth,
and Increasing Incidence of abnormality and larval mortality.  A second trial with zinc
sulfate showed 50 ppb Zn to have little effect on larval development, a progressive
decrease In growth at 100 and 150 ppb, and no growth at 200 ppb.  It Is suggested that
the deleterious effect of short-term exposure to zinc may well have contributed to the
Intermittent failure of larvae and Irregular productivity recorded at the hatchery.  It
Is also possible that zinc contamination In estuaries may affect natural oyster
breeding, and may have to be considered In the future siting of hatcheries for seed
production.

INDEX TERMS:  Bloassay, Growth rates, Zinc, Mortality, Larvae, Crassostrea glgas,
      Teratogenlclty,. Macrolnvertebrates, Zinc sulfate, England, North Wales, Teratogens,
      Pacific Oyster.
AMIC-7727
"DISTRIBUTION OF THE CLADOCERAN PODON POLYPHEMOIDES IN THE CHESAPEAKE BAY'
H. F., Taylor, W. R., Marine Biology, Vol. 19
                             Bosch,
T?57~2, March 1973, pp 161-171.
          The distribution of the cladoceran Podon polyphemoldes (Leuckart) In the
Chesapeake Bay (USA) estuarlne system was determined by a quantitative pump sampling
method, and the patterns of abundance were correlated with temperature and salinity
distributions.  The species was seasonally recurrent, with distinct population maxima In
the central portion of the bay.  Population densities In excess of 60,000 podonlds/cu m
have been recorded.  The podonids first appeared In the spring In the shallow
tributaries, when water temperatures near the bottom reached 6 C.  The vernal
populations disappeared when summer temperatures-exceeded 27 C, but reappeared In the
fall as the water cooled.  The species was euryhaline and eurythermal In Its distribution,
but the greatest concentrations were attained within relatively narrow zones of
temperatures between 11 and 26 C, and salinities between 0.8 and 1.8 percent.  The
production of males, sexual females and sexual eggs occurred both In the spring and
the fall between the thermal limits of 11 and 17 C.

INDEX TERMS:  Distribution patterns, Crustaceans, Life cycles, Water temperature.
      Salinity, Seasonal reproduction. Dissolved oxygen, Sampling, Podon polyphemoides.
AMIC-7725
"SILICON AND THE ECOLOGY OF MARINE PLANKTON DIATOMS. I. THALASSIOSIRA PSEUDONAN/>
(CYCLOTELLA NANA) GROWN IN A CHEMOSTAT WITH SILICATE AS LTklflKG NUTRIENT", Paasche, E.,
Marine Biology, Vol. 19, No. 2, March 1973, pp 117-126.
                                                     Polycarbonate Erlenmeyer flasks fitted with  Input and output tubes
                                           were used as chemostats for culturlng Thalaasloslra pseudonana.  The flasks were rocked
                                           to allow regular addition and removal of medium and diatoms.Effluent from the flasks
                                           was used as the samples for making counts and for analysis of silica content of diatoms.
                                           Silica In diatom shells was determined by a modified method of Werner (1966); cell
                                           concentrations were estimated by a combination of electronic particle counting and
                                           microscopic examination.  The calculated maximum growth rates were comparable to those
                                           previously reported for this species.  The silica content of the diatom shells varied
                                           with the growth rate.  As the growth rate approached zero, there were still measurable
                                           quantities of residual reactive sllcate In the medium.  In one of the two chemostats
                                           used, silicate assimilation by the cells was Inefficient due to some unknown internal
                                           or external factor.  In the other chemostat, statistically calculated half-saturation
                                           constants of growth were In the range of 0-5 to 0.8 mlcrogram-at Si/1.  Half-saturation
                                           constants of steady-state mean silicate uptake per cell and hour, calculated in a
                                           similar fashion, were in the range of l.U to 2.6 microgram-at Si/1.  These results
                                           Indicate that the silicate concentrations causing a reduced silicate uptake by this
                                           species In nature do not necessarily result In a corresponding reduced growth rate.
                                           Growth in coastal waters Is likely to become seriously limited by a shortage of silicate
                                           only when most of the silicate originally present has been removed in the course of a
                                           diatom bloom.  (See also:  AMIC 768U)
See also:  Category 1, AMIC-7213, 7229, 7^3"*, 7W*2, 7<»92, 7551, 758U, 7592, 7606
           Category 3, AMIC-76U6.
                                                                                      1*8

-------
                                                                            3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
AMIC-7U25
"A STUDY OF INORGANIC SALTS REQUIREMENTS AND EFFECT ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF MARINE
BACTERIA", Colvell, R. R., Georgetown University, Department of Biology, Washington,
D. C., Finn! Report, Contract No. NOCOll»-69-A-0220-0006, October 15, 1972, 2U pp.
NTIS Report No. AD-75U 122
         A review  Is given of studies conducted to determine the distribution
of marine bacteria In coastal and deep ocean areas, In ultrastructural studies of
salt-requiring, psychrophlllc marine bacteria subjected to temperature and salt
deprivation stresses, and In the molecular biology and numerical taxonomy of marine
and estuarlne bacteria.  A previously unreported area deals with experiments designed
to Investigate the effects on fine structure during growth of seawater-requiring
strains In media of reduced Na and Mg content.  The fine structure studies demonstrated
that profound and, In most cases, Irreversible changes occurred In these cells under
the given test conditions.  Cultures grown In Mg deficient medium demonstrated
markedly aberrant  Intra-cytoplasmlc and cell envelope morphology.  Structural effects
resulting from growth In media of reduced Ionic strength, I.e., concentration of NaCl,
KC1, and/or MgCL2  of 0.1 or 0.01 times that of standard seawater, were varied, depending
greatly on the given strain studied.  In general, without Mg, cells demonstrated walls
and membranes of aberrant, "wrinkled" appearance.  Much of the effort In this aspect
of the work was expended In establishing the experimental conditions and '-normal*
morphology of the  test strains.  By varying concentrations of Na, Mg, nnd Ca Ions,  it
was found that V. marlnus demonstrated marked changes In cell morphology under
conditions of se"vere ion depletion, whereas more subtle structural changes occurred
under conditions of unbalance or slightly lowered concentrations of these Ions
(concentrations slightly lower than normally found In seawater).
          (Continued)
Card 2/2
INDEX TERMS:  Marine bacteria, Deficient elements, Nutrient requirements. Electron
      microscopy, Magnesium, Sodium, Potassium, Cations, Ultrastructure,  Cell
      morphology, Pure cultures, Substrate utilization.
                    AMIC-7U4U
                    "METABOLIC ROLE OF SULFATES AHD SULFIDES PRODUCING BACTERIA IN POLLUTION OF WATERS",
                    Aleem, M. I.  H., University of Kentucky, Water Resources Institute,  Lexington,
                    Kentucky, Research Report No.  b6,  Contract No. 1^-01-0001-1636,  December 1971,  52 pp.
                    NTIS Report No. PB 2lUJ»85.

                             Cytochrome electron transport particles  from Hltrobacter catalyzed nitrite and
                    ascorbate, as well as NADH oxidation,  with concomitant phosphate esteriflcatlon
                    yielding P/0  ratios of 1.0, 0.6, and 2.0,  respectively.   Phosphorylatlon coupled to
                    nitrite oxidation was not affected by  rotenone, amytal or antlmycln  while 50 and 70
                    percent Inhibition of the NADH-linked  phosphorylatlon was observed in the presence of
                    HOQKO and rotenone, respectively.  Cell-free extracts from Hitrobacter also  catalyzed
                    an energy-dependent reduction  of NAD(plus)  by  nitrite.   The reduction of cytochrome c
                    by N02(minus)  was energy-dependent which Involved the reversal of electrons  from   ~
                    cytochrome al.   The subsequent energy-linked reduction of the flavoproteina  and
                    pyrldlne nucleotldes occurred  concomltantly with  the  oxidation of cytochrome c.   Hie
                    reduction of NAD(plus)  by thiosulfate  In T. neapolitanus  was an  energy-llnked~process
                    and involved the reversal of electrons  from ferro-cytochrome c mediated  by
                    flavoprotelns.   Cell-free extracts also catalyzed the  reduction  of NAD (plus) by  sulflte
                    at the expense  of ATP and Involved the  participation  of the flavoproteln-pyrldine
                    nucleotlde segment of the respiratory chain.  The MADH oxidation by T. neapolitanus was
                    mediated by the flavoprotein and cytochrome systems and this procesB~also appeared to be
                    coupled with energy-generation.  The energy-dependent metabolism of sulfate  producing
                    bacteria and nitrite  oxidizing bacteria  was found to be very markedly sensitive to
                    extremely low quantities  of  chloro- bromo- or nltro-substltuted phenols.  Investigations
                    which  were conducted  to assess the importance of these organisms  In natural  environments
                                                                                          AMIC-7W* (Continued)
                                                                                          Card 2/2
                   seem to be rather Important in designing control measures for the biological conversion
                   of sulfur or nitrogen compounds as well as production of acidity in acid-mine streams or
                   spoil bank.

                   INDEX TSRMS:  Sulfur bacteria, Water pollution sources.  Iron bacteria,  Biochemistry,
                         Assay, Enzymes, Cultures, Pesticides", Nitrate-reducing bacteria,  Bacterial
                         physiology, Energy metabolism. Nitrite-oxidizing bacteria,  Chemoautotrophlc
                         bacteria. Substrate utilization,  Characterization,  Enzymatic Inhibitors,
                         Bloenergetics.

-------
                                                                             3.  MICROBIOUOOICAL METHODS
 AMIC-76W*
 "TYPING OF SALMONELLA WELTEVREDEN STRAINS B* MEANS OF LYSIS PATTERNS OF SYMBIOTIC
 PHAGES", Carg, D. N., Singh, I. P., Antonle van Leeuwenhoek, Vol. 39, No.  1, 1973,
 pp 1*1-50.

          A typing scheme for Salmonella veltevreden using the lysogeniclty and
 lysis patterns of their carried phages is presented.  Six strains of S.  veltevreden
 were selected for use as indicator strains for recognizing the lysis patterns of the
 carried phages.  Two hundred and forty-five strains were examined and 207  were grouped
 in concurrence with the 15 lysis patterns obtained out of 6U theoretically possible.
 Lysis pattern, I (all 6 indicator strains lysed by the carried phage) Included 2U.5
 percent of the strains.  Thirty-eight strains (15.5 percent) were grouped  as untypable
 because their lysates did not iyae any of the indicator strains.   No correlation could
 be established between the lysis patterns of carried phages and the host and geographic
 distribution of S.  weltevreden.

 INDEX TERMS:  Bacteriophage, Hosts, Biolndlcators,  Isolation,  Phage typing,  Salmonella
       weltevreden,  Lysogeniclty, Characterization,  Biochemical characteristics.
AMIC-76U6
"THE SIGNIFICANCE OF HYDROCARBON ASSIMILATION IN YEAST IDENTIFICATION", Bos, P.,
de Bruyn, J. C., Antonle van Leeuwenhoek, Vol. 39, No. 1, 1973, pp 99-107.

         A large number of yeasts were screened for the ability to assimilate
hydrocarbons.  Not only representatives of the genus Candida, but also species from
other perfect and Imperfect genera are able to use n-alkanea as sole carbon and energy
source.  The significance of this feature in yeast systematlcs Is discussed.  In
general, all strains of a species share either the ability to assimilate hydrocarbons
or the failure to do so.  Exceptions are found in species regarded as heterogeneous,
like Candida sake, Candida dlddensii and Candida aeylanoides.  In cases where the usual
criteria used In Identification seem to be Inadequate, the simple hydrocarbon
assimilation test may be useful.  Also in subgrouping the genera Candida and Torulopals
the test may be of value, because some perfect genera like HansenuSa, KLuyveromyees and
Saccharomyces lack hydrocarbon-assimilating representatives.
INDEX TERMS:  Yeasts, Pollutant identification, Systematics, Assimilation,  Hydrocarbons,
      Substrate utilization, n-Octane, n-Decane, n-Hexadecane.
 AMIC-7653
 "ISOLATION OF NEW METHANOL-UTIUZIKJ BACTERIA AND ITS THIAMINE.REQUIFEMENT FOR
 GROWTH", Kouno, K., Okl, T., Nomura, H., Oz&ki, A., Journal of General and Applied
 Microbiology, Vol. 19, No. 1, February 1973, pp 11-21.

          Approximately 0.1 g of soil, activated sludge,  sewage, compost, humus,  and
 materials around a petroleum refinery were placed in a Monod shaking tube containing 10
 ml of basal methanol medium.  The tube was Incubated with reciprocal shaking at  28-30
 degrees for 3 days and after several subcultures methanol-utillzlng bacteria were
 picked up after incubating for 5 days at 28 degrees.   Nutrient agar and other media
 enriched with peptone were used to detect the presence of bacteria capable of utilizing
 carbon sources other than methanol.   Vitamin and amlno acid requirements were
 determined by using a minimum medium omitting yeast extract,  biotin,  and thiamlne
 hydrochlorlde from the basal medium.   These non-pigmented bacteria were capable  of
 growing only on methanol and showed no growth on ordinary nutrient media.  They  were
 identified as a new species, Methanomonas methylovora.   The organisms are
 gram-negative, non-sporeformlng rods,  O.I* to 0.7 micron  by 1.0 to U.O microns In size,
 having a single polar flagellum.  GC  content of DMA Is 51.2 to 53.6 percent.   Some of
 them required a relatively high concentration of thiamlne as  an essential factor for
 cell growth,  and produced an lntracelli.ilnr yellow pigment on  methanol-contalning agar
 medium.

 INDEX TERMS:   Isolation,  Nutrient  requirements,  Environment,  Sewage,  Activated sludge,
       Humus,  Mud,  Methanol,  Biochemical characteristics,  Methanomonas methylovora,
       Methanol bacteria,  Thlamine, Substrate utilization,  Culture media,  Petroleum
       refinery.
AMIC-7655
"SLIME  PRODUCTION BY  PSEUDOM3NAS AERUGINOSA.   II. A NEW SYNTHETIC MEDIUM AND CULTURAL
CONDITIONS SUITABLE FOR SLIME PRODUCTION BY PSEUDOM3HAS AERUGIHOSA", Goto, S.,
Murakawa, T., Kuwahara, S., Japanese Journal of Microbiology, Vol. 17, No. 1, January
1973, PP <*5-51.                  	a-

         Uslng Pseudomonas aerugjnosa culture IFO 3W*5, the nutritional
requirements and cultural conditions suitable for slime production were investigated.
A synthetic medium was established from the experimental results, which was composed
of sodium glutamate, glucose, phosphate and magnesium salt.   When a cellophane plate
method was used, Incubation at 37 C for 3 days produced the highest relative viscosity.
In the presence of an oxldizable carbohydrate the relative viscosity of the culture
fluid was reduced with the acidic reaction, and recovered if the reaction was adjusted
to pH 7-8.

INDEX TERMS:   Nutrient requirements,  Growth rates. Slime,  Cultures,  Pseudomonas,
      Pathogenic bacteria, Viscosity,  Pseudomonas aeruginosa,  Culture media.
                                                                                      50

-------
                                                                               MICROBIOLOGICAL
AMIC-7656
"DIFFERENTIATION OF MYCOBACTERIUH TUBERCULOSIS FROM OTHER MY.COBACTERIA BY SUSCEPTIBILITY
TO ETHYL AMD METHYL ESTERS OF p-NITROBENZOIC ACID", Tsukaraura, M., Japanese Journal of
Microbiology, Vol. 17, No. 1, January 1973, pp 8l-fl2.

         Studies have shown  that p-nitrobenzoate Is useful in screening for
atypical raycobacteria (other than tubercle bacilli).  Since p-nitrobenzoate is not
commercially available the present study was conducted to find commercial chemicals
to serve the same purpose.   The chemicals studied were the ethyl and methyl esters of
p-nitrobenzoate.  Twenty-two species of mycobacteria were cultured In Ogawa egg medium
containing one of the two compounds in concentrations of 0.25 or 0.5 mg/ml.  Almost
all raycobacteria except Hycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium bovia were
resistant to the compounds.A striking fact was that Mycobacterium bovia was able to
grow on the medium containing 0.25 mg/ml of either compound whereas Mycobacterium
tuberculosis usually was not.  Using a medium containing 0.25 mg/ml ethyl ester of
p-nitrobenzoate, 26 strains  of atypical mycobacterla other than Mycobacterium
tuberculosis were detected from a total of 370 unknown mycobacteria.

INDEX TERMS:  Separation techniques, Cultures, Mycobacterium, Pathogenic bacteria,
      Growth rates, Inhibitors, Resistance, p-Nitrobenzoate, Culture media.
AMIC-7659
"FATTY ACID FINGERPRINTS OF STREPTOCOCCUS MUTAHS GROWN IN A CHENOSTAT", Drucker, D. B.,
Griffith, C. J., Melville, T. H., Mleroblos, Vol. 7, No. 25, January 1973, pp 17-23.

         Streptococcus mutans D282 and Streptococcus mutans JC2 were grown in
a chemostat, the latter organism being grown under various experimental conditions.
Freeze-dried cells were methylated and methyl fatty acid esters examined by gas-llquld
chromatography to determine the effect of experimental growth parameters on
chemo-taxonomlc GLC fingerprints.  Changes in experimental conditions slightly altered
the JC2 fingerprint, especla.lly oxygenatlon which resulted in unsaturated fatty acid
production.  Changes in the JC2 fingerprints were less than the difference in
fingerprints for JC2 and D282 grown under identical conditions.

INDEX TERMS:  Cultures, Pollutant identification, Gas chromatography, Streptococcus,
      Pathogenic bacteria, Streptococcus mutans, Gas liquid chromatography, Chemostat,
      Sample preparation, Fatty acids, Characterization, Culture media, Fingerprinting,
      Chromatograras.
 AMIC-7660
 "PARTIAL CHARACTERIZATION OF MYCOBACTERIOPHAGE Rl  PARTICLES SURVIVING  CHLOROFORM
 TREATMENT",  Fleer,  M.  A., Bowman,  B.  U.,  MlcrobiOB.  Vol.  7,  No.  25,  January 1973,
 PP 37-Vt.

          Approximately 99 percent  of  mycobacteriophage  Rl is inactivated  by
 chloroform treatment.   Phage Rl surviving chloroform treatment (chloroform survivors)
 form smaller plaques than untreated phage when both  are plated and compared on
 Hycobaeterlum amegmatla ATCC 607.   However,  when progeny  of chloroform survivors are
 picked and plated they form normal plaques.   DNase and  RNase had essentially no  effect
 on either untreated phage or chloroform survivors.   Trypsln had  no effect on untreated
 phage but completely inactivated chloroform  survivors.  Anti-Rl  serum  Inactivated
 both untreated phage and chloroform survivors.   However,  chloroform  survivors were
 Inactivated  to a  greater extent.   Chloroform survivors  appear to be  different from
 native phage Rl and the differences may be related to the infectious process of  the
 virlon-host  cell  system.

 INDEX TERMS:   Cultures,  Pollutant  identification,  Enzymes,  Bacteriophage,  Viruses,
       Mycobacteriophage,  Characterization, Survival,  Inactivation, Phages,  Chloroform,
       Mycobacterium smegraatis.
AMIC-7693
"CHARACTERIZATION OF THIOBACILLUS SPECIES
                                          BY GAS-LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY OF CELLULAR FATTY
ACIDS", Agate, A. D., Viahnlac, W., Archlv fur Mikrobiolosle, Vol. 89, No. 3, February
1973, PP 257-267.

         Fatty acids of 18 strains representing 10 species of Thlobacillus
were extracted from whole cells and examined as methyl esters by gas-liquid
chromatography.  Both visual and quantitative comparison of the resulting
chromatograms for the presence and relative amounts of major peaks allowed rapid
differentiation between such closely related species as Thlobacillus neapolttanus
and T. thloparus and of eight other species.  Except for a feature comnon to all
thiobacllli tested, T. thiooxldana, T. neapolltanus and T. thloparus each possessed
a characteristic fatty acid methyl ester profile that was exhibited by nil the
strains of that apecies.   Hence, the thlobacilli could be divided into three distinct
groups.  It was possible to use the gas-liquid chromatographic patterns of the
cellular fatty acida for rapid identification or grouping of these microorganisms
since the fatty acid composition of the genus Thiobacillus thus appeared to be of
taxonomlc significance.

INDEX TERMS:   Separation techniques,  Gas chromatogrnphy,  Thlobacillus ferrooxldans,
      Pollutant identification, Cultures,  Characterization,  Gas liquid chromatography,
      Thlobacillus.
                                                                                      51

-------
                                                                            3.   MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
 AMIC-7699
 "DEOXYRIBONUCLEIC ACID BASE COMPOSITION ADD TAXONOMIC POSITION OF GLUCOSE FERMENTING
 MARINE BACTERIA OF TIE GENUS VIBRIO AND RELATED GENERA".  Blanch!,  M. A.  G., Archly fur
 Mikrobiologie. Vol. 90,  No. 2,  March 26, 1973,  PP 131-1&0.

          DNA base composition of marine strains of genus  Vibrio corroborate the  results
 obtained by the adansonian method of classification.   Comparisons of phenotypic  and
 GC percent values of genera Photobacterlum and  Beneckea with the  genus Vibrio  show that
 differentiation between these three genera is not clear.  Genus Vibrio can be  separated
 In four groups.  The first contains free-living marine strains.  The second group
 includes the marine strains pathogenic to poikilothermlc  animals.   The third group is
 composed of strains pathogenic  to poikilothermlc and  homeothermic animals.  The  last
 group is made up of strains which,  contrary to  the other  groups,  have shown no specific
 requirement of sodium for growth.   We ascertain that  each group has a typical  ecologic
 localization,  (in French)

 INDEX TERMS:  Systematlcs, Separation techniques,  Vibrio, Photobacterlum, Benecka,  DNA.
 A MIC-7768
 "DELAYED-IHCUBATION MEMBRANE-FILTER TEST FOR FECAL COLIFORMS",  Taylor,  R.  H.,  Bordner,
 R. H., Scarpino, P. V., Applied Microbiology,  Vol. 25,  Ho.  3, March 1973,  PP 363-368.

          A delayed-lncubatlon membrane-filter technique for fecal conforms vas
 developed and compared with the Immediate fecal coliform test described in 'Standard
 Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater1  (13th  ed.,  1971).   Laboratory and
 field evaluations demonstrated that the delayed-lncubatlon  test,  with the  use  of the
 proposed vitamin-free Cas1tone holding medium,  produces fecal coliform  counts  which
 very closely approximate those from the Immediate test,  regardless of the  source or type
 of fresh-water sample.  Limited testing Indicated that  the  method Is not as effective
 when used with saline waters.   The delayed-lncubation membrane-filter test will be
 especially useful In survey monitoring or emergency  situations when the standard
 Immediate fecal coliform test  cannot be performed at  or near the  sample site or when
 time and temperature limitations for water sample  storage  can be met.   The procedure
 can also be used for analyzing the bacterial quality  of water or  waste  discharges by a
 standardized procedure In a central examining  laboratory remote from the sample source.
 (Reprinted from Applied Microbiology.  Vol.  25,  No.  3, p  363-368,  March  1973.   Copyright
 1973 by the American Society for Microbiology.   Reprinted by permission of the copyright
 owner).

 IHEEX TERMS:   Pollutant Identification,  Monitoring, Water quality, Water pollution,
       Waste water pollution, Water pollution sources, Fecal  conforms,  Delayed
       incubation membrane filter test, Data  interpretation.
AMIC-7758
"MICROBIOLOGICAL QUALITY OF SlfflFACE DRAINAGE WATER FROM THREE SMALL IRRIGATED WATER-
SHEDS IN SOUTHERN  IDAHO", Smith, J. H., Douglas, C. L., Journal of Environmental
Quality. Vol. 2, No. 1, January-March 1973, pp 110-112.

         Irrigation water applied  to and leaving three small watersheds In southern
Idaho was analyzed to determine the influence of surface irrigation on bacteriological
quality of surface runoff water.   The sites were Inhabited by families raising various
crops and some livestock.  Presumptive, confirmed, and completed coliform counts were
made according to  Standard Methods, MPN's were calculated, fecal coliform counts were
made by MPN analyses, and fecal streptococci were determined by mlcropore filtration.
DO, BOD, and water temperatures were also determined.  The Irrigation water samples were
polluted with microorganisms associated with human and animal wastes, as Indicated by
numbers of coliforms and by fecal  coliform/fecal streptococci ratios.  There was a trend
toward increasing  numbers of conforms and fecal coliforms in the drainage water compared
to the irrigation  water, but the differences were generally within the confidence limits
for MPN analyses.  On two of the three watersheds, microorganisms Incubated on plating
a^r at 20 C had higher counts in  the drainage than In the irrigation water.  Fecal
streptococci numbers were significantly higher In the drainage than in the irrigation
water on two of the three small watersheds.  Even though microorganisms counts tend to .
be higher in drainage than in the  irrigation water on these three small watersheds,
irrigation use has a minimal deleterious effect on the microbiology of these waters.

INDEX TERMS:  Water quality, Irrigation effects,  Conforms, Enteric bacteria, Fecal
      streptococci, Fecal coliforms.
                                                                                      52
AMIC-7769
"LOCATION AND CONSEQUENCES OF l,l,l-TRICHI£lRO-2,2-BIS(P-CHLOROPHENYL)ETHANE UPTAKE BY
BACILLUS MSGATERIUM", Hicks, G. F,, Jr., Corner, T. R., Applied Microbiology, Vol. 25,
No. 3, March 1973, PP 381-387.
         No detrimental effects of l,l,l-trichloro-2,2-bis(p-chlorophenyl)ethane (DDT)
were observed when cells of Bacillus megaterlum were grown from small inocula in
nutrient media containing up to 100 mlcrograms of DDT/ml.  However, when the ratio of
DDT to blomaas of resting cells vas held constant, levels of DDT as low as 1
microgram/ml (0.5 mlcrogram/mg of cen dry weight) enhanced the rate of death in the
population.  The lethal action of DDT was both time- and dose-dependent so that higher
doses required less time to effect the sane killing than did lower doses.  Intact cells
bound a maximum of about 1.7 mlcrograms of DDT/mg of cell dry weight, of which about
75 percent was localized in the protoplast membrane.  Much of the bound DDT was
subsequently lost to the suspending medium and the aqueous stability of the returned
DDT waa enhanced, possibly by association with solublllzed cell materials.  A small
quantity of bound DDT was converted to l,l-dichlorO-2,2-bis(p-chlorophenyl)ethane,
which was released from cells somewhat faster than DDT.  Apparently the lethal action
of DDT was related to its binding in the membrane, but respiration was not Inhibited.
The atypical macroscopic appearance of membranes Isolated from treated cells suggested
that cell death may result from altered membrane chemistry.  (Reprinted from Appned
Microbiology. Vol. 25, No. 3, March 1973, PP 381-387.  Copyright 1973 by the American
Society for Microbiology.  Reprinted by permission of the copyright owner.)
INDEX TERMS:  DDT, Pesticide toxlcity, Soil bacteria, Absorption, Chlorinated hydrocar-
      bon pesticides, Insecticides, ODD, Respiration, Bacillus megaterlum,
      Bioaccumulation, Bacterial physiology. Metabolites, Survival, Chemical recovery.

-------
                                                                            3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
 AMIC-777U      ~   ~                                                                    r
 "MORPHOLOGICAL,  BIOCHEMICAL,  AND GROWTH CHARACTERISTICS OF PSEUDOMONAS  CEPACIA
 FROM DISTILLED WATER",  Carson,  L. A.,  Favero,  M.  S.,  Bond.  H. W.,  Petersen, N.  J.,
 Applied Microbiology. Vol.  25,  Ho. 3,  March 1973,PP  W-Ws

          Studies were conducted on three strains  of Pseudomonas  cepacia Isolated and
 maintained In distilled water and on a laboratory-subcultured strain transferred to
 distilled water.  Optimum growth rates and maximum population yields of the four
 strains in distilled water were obtained at 37 C, although high  population levels
 (1,000,000 - 10,000,000/ml) were reached and maintained over extended Incubation
 periods at temperatures from  18 C to U2 C.   Two strains were able  to grow in distilled
 water at temperatures ranging from 12  C to U8  C and to  survive U8  h and 21 days at 50
 C  and 10 C,  respectively.   Cells from  distilled water cultures inoculated into
 Trypticase soy broth showed an  Immediate two-  to  three-log drop  at upper and lower
 temperature limits;  survivors were able to initiate logarithmic  growth.  Results
 obtained in morphological,  biochemical, and antibiotic  tests affirmed the strain
 differences noted In growth studies.   (Reprinted  from Applied Microbiology, Vol. 25,
 No.  3,  March 1973, PP U76-U83.   Copyright 1973 by the American Society  for Microbiology.
 Reprinted by permission of  the  copyright owner.)

 INDEX TERMS:   Growth rates, Isolation,  Pollutant  identification, Cytologlcal studies,
       Pesticide  toxiclty, Aerobic bacteria.  Aquatic bacteria, Distilled  water,
       Pseudomonas cepacia,  Cell morphology,  Biochemical characteristics, Bacterial
       physiology.
AMIC-7776
"IDENTIFICATION OF STAPHYLOCOCCUS AUREUS BY SIMULTAIEOUS USE OF TUBE COAGULASE AND
THERM3NUCLEASE TESTS"11,"Barry,~A. L., Lachica, V. F., Atchison, F. W., Applied
Microbiology. Vol. 25, No. 3, March 1973, pp 1*96-1*97.

         The toluidene blue deoxyrlbonucleic acid (DNA) ajpj (TDA) technique was
adapted to permit detection of thermonuclease (heat-stable nuclease) at the same
time that a coagulase test is performed to eliminate possible errors in distinguishing
Staphyloeoccus aureus from other Mlerococcaceae.  Isolated colonies were grown on
brain heart infusion (BHI) broth at 35 C for 2-6 hours, divided into three parts, one
for eoagulase tests, one for thermonuclease tests, and one for growth if retesting
were necessary.  Experience using the tests showed that valid discrepancies between
two tests are rare enough to permit the use of one test as a control of the other.

INDEX TERMS:  Pollutant Identification, Separation techniques,  Cultures, Quality control,
      Pathogenic bacteria,Staphylococcus aureus, Accuracy, Tube coagulase tests,
      Thermonuclease tests.
 AMIC-7779
 "RESISTANCE TO COLIPHAGE INFECTION INDUCED IN ESCHERICHIA COLI BY GROWTH IN THE PRESENCE
 OF A SURFACTANT", Koransky,  I.  H., Anderson,  D.  A.,  AppTiedTgerobiology,  Vol.  25,  Bo.
 3, March 1973, PP 509-510.

          To test the hypothesis that slime formation Induced by surfactants may
 inhibit phage adsorption,  strains of E.  coll  were  streaked on nutrient  agar containing
 sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate (NaDDBS)  and seeded with droplets of representative
 T-even and T-odd phage strains.  The results  obtained suggest that the  surfactant
 Induced slime may mechanically  block phage receptor  sites,  Inhibiting phage adsorption.
 The major blocking agent may well be deoxyribonucleic acid,  as indicated by the high
 viscosity and Induction of phage adsorption and  replication after treatment with
 deoxyrIbonuclease.

 INDEX TERMS:   Surfactants, E. coll,  Slime,  Adsorption, Cultures,  Bloassay,  Water
       pollution effects, Inhibitors,  Infection,  Bacteriophage, Coliphage, Sodium dodecyl
       benzene sulfonate, DNA.
AMIC-7780                                          .
"EFFECT OF ACETATE UPON THE FORMATION OF ACET01N IN KLEBSIELLA AND EWTEROBACTER AND ITS
POSSIBLE PRACTICAL APPLICATION IN A RAPID VOGES-PROSKAUER TEST", Bryn, K., Ulstrup,
J. C., Stormer, F. C., Applied Microbiology. Vol. 25, No. 3, March 1973, pp 511-5i2.

         Acetate stimulates the formation of acetoin during 1-h incubation of
Voges-Proskauer-posltive strains of Klebslella and Enterobacter.  Of these organisms,
12U of 126 strains were recognized as positive in the presence of acetate, and 106
were recognized as positive in its absence.  (Reprinted from Applied Microbiology,
Vol. 25, No. 3, March 1973, PP 511-512.  Copyright 1973 by the American Society for
Microbiology.  Reprinted by permission of the copyright owner.)

INDEX TERMS:  Separation techniques, Cultures, Pollutant identification, Enterobacter,
      Klebslella, Acetates, Voges-Proskauer test. Biochemical tests.
                                                                                       53

-------
                                                                           3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
 "SELECTIVE SUBSTRATE  UTILIZATION BY  MARINE HYDRCCARBONOCLASTIC BACTERIA", Soli, 0.,
Bens,  E.  M., Biotechnology  and Bloenglneering. Vol. 15, Ho. 2, March 1973, pp 285-297.

          Several  strains  of bacteria,  Isolated from marine environments, were
characterized by  gas  chromtography  for their hydrocarbon oxidizing abilities using a
complex synthetic mixture of hydrocarbons.  Attempts were made at a broad classification
of  these  organisms on the basis  of their behavior towards four major groups of
hydrocarbons, normal  paraffins,  iso-paraffins, cyclo-paraffins, and aromatlcs, known to
be  present In crude oils.  Although bacteria appear to be able to oxidize hydrocarbons
at  random, this study has shown  that it may be possible to recognize a rudlmental
pattern If their  oxldatlve abilities are viewed In terms of groups of hydrocarbons
rather than individual compounds.  A study of the action of combined strains on the
synthetic hydrocarbon mixture uas performed.  It was found that no particular benefit
could be derived  as compared to  the use of single strains.

INDEX TERMS:  Biodegradation, Marine bacteria. Oxidation,  Oil spills,  Oil,  Organic
      compounds. Gas chromatography, Classification,  Microbial degradation,
      Crude oil. Substrate utilization.
AMIC-778U                                                                            —
"FACTORS INFLUENCING DETECTION OF SALM3NELLAE IN RENDERED ANIMAL BY-PRODUCTS", Tompkln,
R. B., Kueper, T. V., Applied Microbiology, Vol. 25, No. U, April 1973, pp UQ5JW37.

         The purpose of this study was to develop a better understanding of the
factors, such as enrichment and plating media and quantity of product tested, which
Influence the detection of ealmonellae in naturally contaminated animal by-products.
Two samples were analyzed for Salmonella, one with selenite-cystlne broth and one by
tetrathlonate-Brilliant Green-iodine broth, both containing Tergitol No. 7.  The
enrichment broths were streaked onto plates of Brilliant Green-sulfa a^ir and
Salmonella-Shlgella agar.  SaOmonella-llKe structures were picked to triple sugar iron
agar slants and tested serologically.  The results confirm that a linear relationship
exists between total plate counts and the detection of salmonellae in animal by-products
in the total count range of 10,000 to 10,000,000 per gram.

INDEX TERMS:  Pollutant identification,  Cultures, Animal by-products,  Enrichment,
      Culture media, Sample size.
•AMIC-7785'           ~~	~
 "TEGRAHATION OF METHYLMERCURY BY BACTERIA ISOLATED FROM ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLES"
 Spangler, W. J., Spigarelli, J.  L.,  Rose, J. M.,  Fllppln,  R.  S.,  Miller,  H.  H.,
 Applied Microbiology.  Vol. 25, No.  U,  April 1973, pp 1*88-1*93.

          In order to investigate the possibility  that organisms capable of degrading
 methylmercwry are present In the aquatic environment,  207  organisms  which were isolated
 from sediments and fish were screened  for demethylatlon of methylmercury  bromide
 (MMB).   Fish and sediment samples were also analyzed for total  mercury  and
 methyLnercury.  Each organism to be  tested for  aerobic degradation was  grown through
 2  transfers in shaker  flasks containing tryptlc soy  broth  (TSB) without inorganic
 Hg or methylmercury.   Hg-203-labeled NUB was added and each flask was connected  to
 an KgBr sub 2-KBr trap containing a  trapping solution  to scavenge any inorganic  Hg
 or organomercurvolatiilzed from  the  flask.   Head  gases were flushed  to  traps with
 a  stream of vapor-saturated,  sterile air.  For  anaerobic demethylatlon, 0  sub 2-free
 N  sub 2 was used as the flushing gas,  and 0.0025  percent cystelne was added to the TSB.
 The trapped gas  was monitored with a gnnrnn scintillation spectrometer;  methane in head
 gases was analyzed by  flame  lonizatlon GC.   Traps and  flask contents were  anajyzed
 for MMB after  extraction whereby methylmercury  iodide  was determined In benzene  extracts
 by  electron capture.gas chromatography.  Of  the 207 bacterial cultures, 30 were  found
 positive for aerobic demethylation.   Twenty-two were shown to be facultative anaerobes
 and 21  degraded methylmercury anaerobically.  All positive species volatilized
methyljEercury aeroblcally, and methane was produced as a degradation product.  Although
methylmercury degradation was complete in most cases, material balances Indicated some
Of the  inorganic mercury formed was not volatilized and ie presumed bound to the cells.
All positive Isolates were tolerant to at least 0.5 microgran of nethylmercury per ml.
AMIC-7785  (Continued)
                                                                       Card 2/2
and the extent of volatilization of mercury increased with concentration to the
threshold value.  The results indicate that demethylating species are prevalent in the
environment and may be Important In suppressing the methylmercury content of sediments.

INDEX TERMS:  Microbial degradation,  Lake sediments,  Aquatic bacteria.  Aerobic condi
      conditions,  Anaerobic conditions,  Freshwater fish,  Volatility,  Radioactivity
      techniques,  Methylmercury,  Demethylation,  Fate  of pollutants, Biological
      mollification,  Environmental samples,  Lake St.  Clalr.

-------
                                                                            3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHOP6
 A MIC -7786
 "DISCREPANCIES IH THE ENUMERATION OF ESCHERICHIA COLI", Ray, B., Speck, M. L., Applied
 Microbiology, Vol. 25, No. U, April 1973, pp
          Stationary -phase cells of Escherichia coll from stock cultures,
 reconstituted nonfat dry milk, meat broth, crab meat and liquid whole egg, were
 enumerated by the pour plate method on Tryptlcase soy agar containing 0.3 percent
 yeast extract (TSYA), violet red-bile agar, and desoxycholate-lactose agar,  and by the
 most-probable-number method In Brilliant Green-bile broth and lauryl sulfate broth.
 Maxlmm counts were assumed to be those on TSYA.  In general, numbers detected were
 lower with the selective solid media and higher with the selective liquid media.
 Inhibitory effects, especially on selective solid media varied with the strains of E.
 coll.  The lower detection on selective solid media was partly due to the stress   ~
 Induced In some cells by the temperature of the melted media used In the pour plate
 method.  These cells apparently failed to repair and form colonies in the selective
 media.  Improved detection on the selective solid media was achieved by using 1 percent
 nonfat milk solids, 1 percent peptone, or 1 percent MgSOU.THEO In the dilution blanks.
 Higher detection on selective agar media was effected by surface plating or  by surface
 overlay plating of the cells.  The surface-overlay method appeared to be superior for
 the direct enumeration of E. coll in foods.

 INDEX TERMS:   E.  coll,  Foods,  Cultures,  Pollutant identification,  Enteric bacteria,
       Collfonns,  Enumeration,  Most probable number test,  Pour plate method,  Culture
       media,  Selective  nedla,  Surf ace -overlay method.
AMIC-7789
 "POTENTIAL PATHOGENS  IN THE  ENVIROHMENT:  ISOLATION, ENUMERATION, AND IDENTIFICATION OF
SEVEN GENERA  OF TNTESTINAL BACTERIA ASSOCIATED WITH SMALL GREEN PET TURTLES", McCoy;
R.  H.,  Seldler,  R.  J., Applied Microbiology, Vol. 25, No. k, April 1973, pp 53^-538.

         Bacteriological analyses were performed on fecal swabs and the aquarium
water of 27 individually purchased specimens of the small green pet turtle, Pseudemys
scripts elegans.  Samples  for bacteriological examination, except Klebslellae, were
immediately prepared  from  the swabs or from dilutions of the saline In which the turtle
had been Immersed.  A second saline sample was removed for examination after 5 days.
Klebslellae were  Isolated  and enumerated  after turtles were maintained for several
months.Salmonellae  were  enriched in tetrathionate broth, streaked onto Brilliant
Green sulfa agar, picked,  and subjected to biochemical and serological examination.
Enterobacter  and  Klebsielli  were Isolated from saline samples by plating onto a modified
nitrogen-deficient  medium  of Hlne and Wilson.  Aeromonads were isolated and enumerated
on  peptone-beef extract-glycogen agar.  Biochemical examination of all enteric Isolates
was accomplished  by the methods of the Manual of Clinical Microbiology.  Representatives
of Aeromonas, Cltrobacter, Enterobaeter,  Klebslella, Proteus, Salmonella, and Serratla
were  isolated.  Enterobacter, Klebslell'n, and Salmonella were encountered in 20 percent
or more of  the specimens, whereas Aeromonas was isolated from 63 percent.  Klebaleiia
pneumonias  counts  ranged from 1000 to 10,000 per mllllllter of aquarium water,  whereas
Aeromonaa~routinely exceeded 10,000 per milllliter.   Aeromonas cultures from turtles
were identical to 7 human Isolates in some 29 biochemical tests.
INDEX TERMS:   Cultures, Salmonella,  Water analysis, Aeromonas,  Cltrobacter,
      Enterobacter,  Klebsiella,  Proteus,  Serratla,  Feces.
                                                                                      55
AMIC-779U
 "EXPERIENCE WITH AN  IMAGE-ANALYZING COMPUTER IN VIRUS PLAQUE MEASUREMENTS", Schelrer,
w., Apjlled^ Microbiology, Vol. 25, No. l», April 1973, PP 61»1-6U3.

         A description  Is given of the Imanco-Quantimet 720 iimge-amlyzing
computer which has been used for counting virus plaques in different test systems.  With
this apparatus, an object is picked up by a TV camera and electronically resolved Into
500,000 picture spots.  These are scanned row by row for difference in gray density.
The gray difference, which  is necessary to detect the plaques against the stained cell
monolayer, must be determined for each test series.  The plaques detected by the
Instrument can also be  discriminated by size, as measured in picture spots.  The results
can be printed out either as the number of plaques as discriminated by a certain gray
difference, as the total area of plaques, or as the sum of all plaque diameters.  In
determining the possibility Of using this apparatus In virology, three test systems
were used: (1) mouse L-929  cells challenged with veslscular stomatitis virus, strain
Indiana; (2) chicken embryo flbroblasto challenged with cowpox virus, strain Brighton;
and (3) human phlmosis  cells challenged with VSV.  System 1 presented no problems and
the measurements obtained by hand counting corresponded well with computer results.
Adjustments were made for optimal results with system 2 but good agreement was found
with hand-counting values.  Useful results were not obtained with system 3-  Th«
lunge-analyzing computer is most helpful for large screening programs, involving
plaque-reduction tests, because of the extremely fast and reliable plaque-number
determinations.
INDEX TERMS:  Measurement, Viruses, Pollutant identification, Laboratory equipment,
      Research equipment, Image-analyzing computer, Plaque-counts, Plaque-reduction
      tests.
AMIC-7803
"SPECIFIC IDENTIFICATION OF ENTEROVIRUSES BY IMMUNO-ELFXTRON MICROSCOPY USING A SERUM-
IN-AGAR DIFFUSION METHOD", Anderson, II., Doane, F. W., Canadian Journal Microbiology,
Vol. 19, No. 5, May 1973, PP 585-589.

         Rapid type-specific identification of enterovlruses was performed by
immuno-eleetron microscopy on crude cell-culture Isolates, using an agar-diffusion
technique in which the typing sera were incorporated in the agar.  Seventeen virus
samples which consisted of 11 different enterovirus types showed no cross reaction when
tested against 15 enterovirus antlsera.  Specific virus identification, based on the
presence of visible antigen-antibody complexes, was not dependent on optimal dilutions
of antlserum, but could be achieved with a variety of dilutions.  The minimum amount of
virus that could be detected by this method was about 100 times less than that
detectable by electron microscopy in the absence of antlserum.

INDEX TERMS:  Pollutant identification, Methodology, Immune-electron microscopy,
      Enterovirus, Serum-in-agar diffusion method, Echovlrus, Agar-diffusion technique,
      Coxsacklevirus, Pollovirus, Serotypes, Sensitivity.

-------
                                                                               ffTPRfTBTOIISTCAL
AMIC-7805                  ~~
'VIBRIO PARAHAEM3LYTICUS.ISOLATION.  IDENTIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION, AND ECOLOGY",
Colwell, R.  R.,  Lovelace,  T. E., Wan,  L., Kaneko, T., Staley, T., Chen, P. K., Tublash,
H., Journal  of Milk and  Food Technology, Vol.  36, No. I*, April  1973, pp 202-213.

         Vibrio  parahaemolytlcus was isolated  from samples of water, sediment,
blue crabs,  oysters, and clams  collected in several areas of Chesapeake Bay.  Numerical
taxonomy was used to Identify and classify the bacterial Isolates.  Deoxyribonucleic
acid (DNA) base  composition, serology, isozyme, gas chromatography, bacteriophage
sensitivity, and DNA/DNA reassoclatlon analyses confirmed the identification and
classification of V. parahaemolytlcua  and permitted establishment of genetic
relationships  of the Chesapeake Bay  strains with Isolates from victims food poisoning
In Japan and from samples  taken in geographically diverse areas of the United States.
Isolates implicated in recent outbreaks of food poisoning, the first fully documented
cases of V.  parahaemolytleus food poisoning In the United States, were shown by DNA/DNA
reassocintion  measurements to be closely related to the Japanese and other isolates
collected In the United  States.- Fatty acid profiles of cell derivatives prepared using
GLC were useful  in diagnosing Vibrio spp., Including V.-parahaemolyticus and Vibrio
cholerae.  Bacterlophages  Isolated from ocean  sediments collected off Cape Hatteras were
found to be active against V. eholerae and V. parahaemolytieus.   Distribution of V.
parahaemolytieua appears to~"be restricted to coastal and eatuarlne regions.  V.   ~
parahaemolytlcus has been  shown to be closely associated with zooplankton and~a life
cycle for V. parahaemolutlcus in Chesapeake Bay Is proposed.

                                     _.. Identification.  Ecology, Isolation, Sediments.
                                     stars.  Clams, _mrine bacteria,  Ecological dlstrlbu-
Chemotaxonomy,
                                      WGJ. a, 
-------
                                                                            3.  MICROBIOLOGICAL METHODS
  AMIC-7839
  "CARBON SOURCE UTILIZATION TESTS AS AN AID TO THE CLASSIFICATION OF NON-FERICNTING
  GRAM-NEGATIVE BACTERIA", Snell, J.  J.  S.,  Lepage, S.  P.,  Journal of General Microbiology
  Vol. 1h, No.  1, January 1973, pp 9-20.
           Difficulties in the use of carbon source utilization (CSU) tests  for the
  classification and identification of bacteria prompted an investigation of some of the
  factors which affect the results.   The classification derived by numerical taxonomy on
  the results of CSU tests was compared  with that derived from results of conventional
  tests.   One hundred eighty-seven strains of Gram-negative bacteria,  chiefly
  non-fermentative,  of the genera Aclnetobacter,  Alcallgenes,  Loefflerella,  Bordetella,
  Chromobacterlum, Flflvobacterlum, Moraxella, Neisserla,  and Pseudomonaa were  used in the
  Investigation.  Cultures were routinely incubated at  37 C except those of  Pseudompnas
  fluorescens and Chromobacterium livldum which were incubated at  22 C.  For a  trial
  period,  91*  strains were  tested for  their ability  to utilize  10 different carbon sources
  on  duplicate  plates incubated at 30 and 37 C.  Growth at  these two  temperatures was
  compared .ind  results recorded as: growth developing at  one temperature and not at the
  other;  growth more luxuriant at either temperature; or  no difference in growth at either
  temperature.  There was  little difference  between the results at  37 and 30 C.  Repeti-
  tion of tests showed that 5  percent of the results were non-reproducible.   The
  variability was more  pronounced with acetate, maleate and sucrose amongst the substrates
  and Loefflerella mallei  amongst the bacteria.  Prior  induction of the bacterial enzymes
  before testing did not reduce  variability  nor show any other advantage.  Analysis of the
  results by  numerical  taxonomlc methods revealed differences In the groups  of bacteria
 derived from  conventions! biochemical test results.  CSU tests readily provide a large
  number of taxonomlc features with the advantage of a simple standardized testing
 procedure.
 AMIC-7839 (Continued)
Card 2/2
 INDEX TERMS:  Classification, Pollutant identification,  Fermentation,  Enzymes,
       Nutrient requirements. Computer programs.  Substrate utilization, Gram-negative
       bacteria, Biochemical tests, Carbon source utilization tests,  Culturlng techni-
       ques,  Bacterial physiology, Numerical taxonomy.
                    AMIC-7850
                    "THE TAXONOMIC POSITION OF OBESUMBACTERIUM PROTEUS
                    Priest, F. G., Somervllle,
    A COMM3N BREWERY CONTAMINANT"
tough, J. S., Journal of General
                           H. J.,  Cole, JT
Microbiology, Vol. 75, No. 2, April 1973,  PP 295-307.

         The mole fraction of guanine plus cytoslne in the DNA from Obesumbacterlum
proteus was U8 percent similar to  that of  Hafnla alvel,  Salmonella  galllnanim and the
                       bacterium.  DHA:DNA competition studies Indicated that 0.  proteus strains fall into
                    two groups, both of which could reasonably be Included In the family Enterobacterlaceae.
                    The same two groups were apparent from a numerical taxonomic  investigation of 19 0.
                    proteus strains which included 16 brewery isolates.   The simple matching coefficients
                    {percent S) were calculated from results of 50 biochemical and taxonomlc tests,  and a
                    dendrogram was constructed.   Every 0.  proteus Isolate had the characteristics of the
                    family Enterobacteriaceae.  The two~subgroups united at 86 percent S,  and formed a
                    cluster with Hafnla and Salmonella strains at 72.5 percent S.   The difference between
                    Hafnla alvel and 0. proteus  was almost entirely due to their  different vigour rating.
                    Furthermore, in a~slmulated  brewery fermentation,  two strains of H.  alvei grew in a
                    mixed culture with yeast.  This was originally the defining characteristic of the genus
                    Obeaymbaeterlum.   The authors propose  that reference to the genus  Obesunibacterlum
                    should be discontinued,  and  that 0.  proteus should be placed  in the genus Hafnla as
                    Hafnla protea comb. nov.          ~

                    INDEX TERMS:  Systematics, Cultures, Enteric  bacteria,  Pollutant identification,  Growth
                          rates, Obesumbacterlum proteus,  Characterization, Dendrograms, Culture  media,
                          Hafnla alvel, DNA, Salmonella  gallinarum. Biochemistry.
See also:  Category 2, AMIC-7ai2.
                                                                                      57

-------
                                                                       •*•  METROES AMD PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
 AM1C-7300
 "SCME PROPERTIES OF PROBABILITY LATTICE SAMPLHTO", Jessen, R. J., Journal of the
 American Statistical Association. Vol. 68, No. #1, March 1973, pp"g0.2U	

    v vj,j,The,accuracy of three estimators of sampling variance using nonreplacement
 probability lattice samples was determined empirically on a mlcrouniverse.  A simple
 split-sample scheme, although biased, was superior to the unbiased Horvitz-Thompson and
 Yates-Grundy estimators.  A weighted ANOVA type of model for representing two-way
 universes with unequal cell sizes Is presented and tested empirically todetermlne
 how well It can account for sources of sampling variability using 0,  1 and 2-way
 controls with EP (equal probability) and PNR (probability proportional to sizelrtth
 non-replacement) samples.

 INDEX TERMS:   Model studies,  Property,  Estimating,  Probability lattice sampling
       Analysis of variance, Estimators.                                      *""«»
AMIC-7301
"AN EVALUATION OF TEN PAIRWISE COMPARISON PROCEDURES BY MONT2 CARLO METHOD", Cramer,

j''l?'ll!T!°"l, ;„ ^fi!™1 °f ^ *neriCa" Statl8tlcal Association. Vol! 68, No!


         Computer simulation techniques were used to study the Type I and Type in

 AMIC-730U
 "BAYESIAN ACCEPTANCE-SAMPLING SCHEMES FOR TWO-SIDED TESTS OP THE MEAN OF A NORMAL
 DISTRIBUTION OF KNOWN VARIAHCE",  Dayananda,  R.  A.,  Evans, I.  O.f Journal of the
 American Statistical Association. Vol.  68, No.  3Ul,  March 1973,  pp 131.136.	

          This article Is concerned  with the  problem of deciding  whether the mean of
 theta of a normal distribution of known variance  lies  in  a specified finite Interval
 (theta minus, theta plus).   Consideration Is given  to  prior information on theta and to
 quadratic and plecewlse linear utility structures.   Computer-aided methods are  described
 for obtaining the optimal decision  rule given a sample of observations  and for
 obtaining the optimal sample size when the sampling  cost  Is a linear  function of the
 sample size.   Some simpler approximate  methods  are also described.

 DTOEX 1ERMS:   Statistical methods,  Acceptance sampling, Sample size,  Hypothesis testing.
"ON DOUBLE SAMPLING FOR STRATIFICATION AND ANALYTICAL SURVEYS", Rao. J. N. K.
Blometrllta. Vol. 60, No. 1, April 1973, pp 125.133.

         A simple method of double sampling for stratification Is proposed and the
classical non-response theory is obtained as a special case.  The method leads to simple
solutions for the optimal design of analytical surveys Involving comparison of group
means, when the groups are not identifiable In advance.

INDEX TERMS:  Statistical methods. Estimating, Double sampling, Variance.

-------
                                                                      4.  METHODS AMD PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
AMIC-7519
"COMPARISON OF THE PRECISION OF NORMAL AND PRECISION SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC TECHNIQUES",
Ingle, J. D., Jr., Analytical Chemistry, Vol. k$, No. 6, May 1973, pp 861-868.

         A general theory for the relative Instrumental precision of normal and
precision (transmlttance ratio, trace analysis, and ultljnate precision)
spectrophotometric absorbance measurements Is presented.  The theory presented takes
Into account both reading error and electrical noise (photocurrent shot noise, darX
current shot noise, and source flicker noise).  Equations are developed which Indicate
the gain in relative precision expected when a precision spectrophotometrlc technique
is used to expand the transmlttance scale In order to reduce the reading error.  In
some cases, the relative precision Is reduced try scale expansion.  The precision
techniques are shovn to be most advantageous for measurement of high absorbance
solutions.  (Reprinted from Analytical Chemistry, Vol. Uj , No. 6, May 1973, pp
861-666.  Copyright 1973 by the American chemical Society.  Reprinted by permission
of the copyright owner.)

INDEX TERMS:  Spectrophotometry, Methodology, Instrumentation, Equations, Chemical
      analysis, Measurement, Precision, Absorbance, Errors.
AMIC-7878
"SCWE EXACT TESTS OF HYPOTHESES ABOUT GRUBBS'S ESTIMATORS"
Vol. 29, No. 2, June 1973, PP 373-377-
Shukla, G. K., Biometrics,
         When two instruments or techniques are used to measure the same item, the
measurement precisions may be estimated using a method proposed by Grubbs (loJtS).  The
present paper generalizes certain tests given by earlier authors.  Using this general
result, some exact teats of certain hypothesis are obtained for which only approxljiiate
results were available.  The results can also be used to construct exact confidence
Intervals for the relative precision of two instruments.

INDEX TERMS:  Instrumentation, Statistical methods, Hypothesis testing, Precision.
                              AMIC-7879
                              "GRAPHS, TABLES AND DISCUSSION TO AID IB THE DESIGN AND EVALUATION OF AN ACCEPTABLE
                              SAMPLING PROCEDURE BASED ON CUMULATIVE SUM3", Prairie, R. R., zlmmer. W. J.  Journal
                              of Ojiality Technology. Vol. 5, No. 2, April 1973, pp 58-66                   	

                                       An acceptance sampling procedure for attributes  Inspection proposed by
                              Beattle seems wen suited for situations when production  Is continuous, sampling Is
                              destructive, a constant sampling rate Is required, and discrimination between two
                              quality levels is required with a small sample size.  This paper describes the Beattie
                              procedure, briefly presents the underlying mathematics, Indicates strengths and
                              weaknesses, and presents graphs for determining a plan.

                              IMDEX TERMS:  Sampling, Statistical methods, Acceptance sampling, Attributes.
AMIC-7880
"SHORTCUTS TO SMALL-SAMPLE STATISTICS PROBLEMS"
Vol. 80, No. 13, June 11, 1973, pp 107-110.
                                                                               Jacklsch, P. F., Chemical Engineering,
                                       Using the nomographs presented, It Is possible to easily and rapidly
                              determine the scatter In a set of data, significant differences between two sets of
                              data, and whether some data should be discarded.  The method la useful when the number
                              of data points does not exceed 20.  Sample applications of the procedure are Included.

                              IBDEX TERMS:  Data processing, Nomographs, Data scatter. Significance.
 See also:   Category 1, AMIC-7511.
                         59

-------
                                                                             5.  INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT
 AMIC-701*!
."A POLYTHENE GRAPHITE ELECTRODE FOR VOUAMMETRY", Masclnl, M.,  Panozzl, P.,
 Llbertl, A., Analytlea Chlmlca Acts. Vol. 1*3, No. 1, March 1973, pp 126.131.

          Polyethylene graphite electrodes were made by mixing spectral graphite vlth
 finely powdered thermoplastic polymer (polyethylene or methacrylic esters), placing
 the mixture In a mold, and thermoseallng to a rigid polyethylene tube.  Internal
 electrical contact was ensured by mercury.  Current-potential curves were recorded In
 various supporting electrolytes such as KN03, KC1, Ha2SOU, H2SOU,  HC1, HH03, and
 HC10U.  Results of voltammetry with Iodide, hexacyanoferrate, and cerium were also
 recorded.   Reproduclblllty of results with the electrodes was better than 1 percent
 from day to day.

 DIDEX TERMS:  Iodides, Oxidation-reduction potential,  Ion selective electrodes,
       Polyethylene graphite electrodes,  Voltamnetry, Cerium,  Hexacyanoferrate
       Current-potential curves.
AMIC-7230
"COMBINED SAMPLING AND FLOW MEASUREMENT', Carr, R. R., Public Works. Vol. 10^, No. I*
April 1973, PP 71.                                     	

         A sampler for wastewater treatment plant effluents, which Integrates automatic
sampling with flow measurement, employs a plastic pipe with a special insert as the
main body with solenoid operated tapered plungers seated In rubber sleeves to provide
valving.  The sampler Is fastened upright In an open channel and is activated with a
timer and battery to allow the backed up liquid to enter the sampler.  When the valve
plungers drop the cample discharges into a receiving vessel.  Daily flow Is ascertained
by multiplying the total volume collected by the formula constant for the weir or flume.

INDEX TERMS:  Sampling, Automation, Mechanical equipment, Sewage effluents, Flow rates.
AMIC-7331
 "HETEROGENEOUS-SITE  GLASS MEMBRANE  POTERTIALS-A SOLID-STATE  APPROACH", Buck, R.  P.,
Analytical  Chemistry, Vol.  Uj, No.  b, April 1973,  pp 65U-655.

          Previously  no  single potential response function  for glass electrodes
accounted for the  step-wise response of heterogeneous-site glass  In mixed electrlytes
 (varying pH at constant pM).  A new theory  encompasses both  of Nlcolsky's variant Ion
exchange theories  and Elsenman's n-type non-Ideal  behavior by Introducing the
assumption  that only a  fraction of  cations  In a glass membrane are mobile and
contribute  to the  diffusion potential.   Mobile  defects, which may be  few  or nearly all
cations,  are  presumed to be In equilibrium  with lattice-like Ions, defect sites,  and
vacancies.  At low A1203 levels In  a typical Na20-A120-S102  glass, two Nernstlan pH
regions  are predicted,  while  at higher  levels a shoulder followed at  high pH by  half
Nernstlan response Is predicted.  Experimental  data  are used to test  theory.  In the
lljnlt of zero heterogeneity,  a new  expression for  pH electrode response Is found which
fits existing data and  gives  another meaning to n-type non-Ideal  behavior.

INDEX TERMS:   Electrochemistry, Electrical  properties, Model studies, Aqueous
      solutions, Hydrogen Ion concentration, Glass electrodes.
AKEC-7U29
"WATER QUALITY DETERMINATIONS IN THE VIRGIN ISLANDS FROM ERTS-A DATA", Egan, W.,
Grumman Aerospace Corporation, Research Department, Bethpage, New York, Report No.
RM-56U, December 1972, 72 pp.  NTIS Report No. AD 751* 009.

        The harbor at Charlotte Amalle on St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, has a
concentration of many factors affecting water quality:  untreated sewage effluent,
sediment from navigation and dredging operations, runoff from a garbage dump, and hot
effluent from a desalination/power plant.  Imagery from ERTS-A In association with
aircraft imagery and ground truthlng permits the characterization of water quality In
terms of absolute color values.  This necessitates the establishment of photometric
standards resolvable by the ERTS-A sensors In order that atmospheric effects, which
generally vary on sequential overpasses, may be determined and subtracted.  The overall
program is described together with typical nummerlcal results.

DIDEX TERMS:  Water quality, Remote sensing, Aerial photography, Aircraft, Sewage
      effluents, Sedlaents, Photometry, Virgin Islands, On-slte investigations,
      Environmental effects, Pollutants, Thermal pollution, Water cooling, chemical
      analysis, Water analysis, Ocean circulation. Optical properties, Turbidity,
      Sensors, Data Interpretation, ERTS-A sensors, Multlspectral sensing system,
      Dredging.

-------
                                                                            5.  INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT
 AMIC-7^51*
 "VARIABLE SAMPLING FREQUENCY - A NEW ADAPTIVE TECHNIQUE",  Sutherland.  A.  A.,  Jr.
 Control Engineering.  Vol.  SO, NO. l», April 1973,  pp 33-35.

         An adaptive technique has been developed for sampling for control of  plant
 processes vhlch vary randomly vlth time.   A simple digital algorithm samples  plant
 status according to the frequency of variation—less frequent sampling vlth slow
 variations and more frequent sampling vlth Increased variations.   The  method
 purportedly provides control action economy and good predictability of plant
 behavior.

 INDEX TERMS:   Sampling, Antomatlc control,  Adaptive control.
 AMIC-7508
 "FEASIBILTnf OF REMOTE DETECTION OF WATER POLLUTANTS AND OIL SLICKS BY LASER-EXCITED
 RAMAN SPECTROSCOPE", Ahmdjian, M., Brown, C.  W., Environmental Science and Technology
 Vol. 7, Ho. 5, May 1973, pp ^52-^53.              	'	

          A simple. Inexpensive optical system has been constructed for obtaining
 Raman spectra of samples located remotely from the instrument.   The capabilities of this
 system were demonstrated by obtaining spectra  of dilute solutions of N03 and of oil
 films on the surface of water with the samples located 21 ft from the Instrument.   Raman,
 spectra were measured on a Spex Industries Model 1*401 double monochromator using
 photon-counting detection and a CRL Model 52A  argon-ion laser emitting at l»880 or 51U5A.
 A  schematic diagram Is given of the optical system which utilizes a small diameter laser
 beam and a large diameter colllmated scattered beam thus allowing both beams to traverse
 the same optical path between the instrument and the sample.  Such an arrangement also
 allows an extension of the light path to almost any realistic distance.

 INDEX TERMS:   Remote sensing,  Waste identification,  Pollutant identification.  Data
       collections,  Water pollution,  Oil spills,  Pollutants, Water pollution sources,
       Spectrometers,  Anlons,  Instrumentation,  Automation, Nitrates,  Laser-excited
       Raman spectroscopy,  Raman spectra,  Sensors.
AMIC-7U63
"A-D AND D-A CONVERTERS FOR HIGH SPEED DATA ACQUISITION APPLICATIONS",
Jackson, K., Computer Design, Vol. 12, No. U, April 1973, pp 57-6U.

        New circuitry for analog-to-digital (ADC) and digital-to-analog conversion
(DAC) Is shovn schematically and described.  ADC units may be single-ended
multiplexed or differential Input multiplexed.  High performance differential systems
use a balancing cancellation technique knovn as common mode rejection to reduce the
effects of unwanted Induced voltages and currents.  Submultiplexlng may also be
Sf B!PHI?ieXed,*SC Unit8 *° red"Ce SettllnS tine- crosstalkra-ialeakage current.
£S£?*S? »»" «f""«" «V be employed to some converters to increaaethe
bandwidth capability and maintain accuracy of conversion.  The development of new
~d^f t?1  av?Ufl511"ar of lower coat components and production tectaSwa
reduced the cost and Increased the capabilities of ADC and DAC.

INDEX TERMS:   Electronic equipment, Data transmission, Data processing,  Design,
      Analog to digital converters, Digital to analog converters.
AUK-75*iO
"CARBOH PASTE ELECTRODE WITH A WIDE ANODIC POTANTIAL RANGE"
Chemistry. Vol. U5, No. 6, May 1973, pp 1006-1008.
Lindquist, J., Analytical
         The construction is described of the carbon paste electrode which Is being
used widely for analytical work in the anodic region.  The anodic limit is about plus
1.3 volt in acid aqueous media.  In general, an Improved carbon paste electrode can be
obtained by removing oxygen from graphite powder In a vacuum at high temperature and
then blocking the surface of the carbon against further adsorption of oxygen.
Voltammograms were run in unstirred iodide, cerium (III), colbalt (II) and adenlne
solutions.  Repeated measurements of the peak current of 0.0005 M Ce (ill) In 0.1 M
H2SOU, where a new surface was prepared in the usual way before every run, gave a
relative standard deviation of 1.16 percent.

INDEX TERMS:  Fabrication, Aqueous solutions, Electrochemistry, Cobalt,  Aniona, Cations,
      Anodes,  Iodides,  Construction,  Heavy metals,  Reproducibility,  Carbon paste
      electrode,  Anodic potential,  Cerium,  Adenlne,  Precision,  Ion selective  electrodes,

-------
                                                                            5.  INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT
A me-7587
"A SUBMERSIBLE SPECTRORADIOMETER AMD DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM", Duval, W. S.,
Brown, T. J., Geen, G. H., Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
Vol.  30, No. 2, February  1973, pp 313-316.

         A  submersible light meter that measures and records irradlance versus
wavelength  over the range UoO-750 nm is described.  A data acquisition system coupled
to the radiometer permits collection and processing of large numbers of field
observations.  The incident spectrum Is determined by an optical system Incorporating
a wedge interference filter monochromator and photodlode.  Recorded data are converted
to spectral irradlance (mlcroW/sq cm/nm) at 5-nm Intervals by applying standard lamp
calibration and Immersion factor corrections.  Minimum detectable radiation varies from
0.05  to 0.016 microW/sq cm/nm depending on wavelength.  Response of the meter Is not
affected by temperature In the range of 3.5-23-0 C and angular dependence of the light
collector follows Lambert's Cosine Law for incident angles less than 55 degrees from the
vertical.   Changes in the spectral composition of Incident light with depth are
demonstrated for two lakes.

INDEX TERMS:  Instrumentation, Data processing, On-slte data collections, Laboratory
      tests, Design data, Light, Calibrations, Aquatic environment, Optical properties,
      Water temperature,  Spectroradiometer, Performance evaluation, Submersible light
      meter. Detection limits, Sensitivity, Reproduclblllty, Marine environment,
      Spectral data. Optical systems.
AMIC-7885
"A FLEXIBLE, LOW COST ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY", Dlmo, P. D., Gayraud, A. J., Popovlcl,
N. N., Computer Design, Vol. 12, No. 6, June 1973, PP 77-82.

         Character generation techniques, character generators, and control logic
for alphanumeric displays are discust.°d.  Design criteria are given to aid In the
selection of low cost displays.

INDEX TERMS:  Electronic equipment, Data displays, Alphanumeric displays.
 AMTC-7886
 "FORMAT CONVERSION USING A FIFO BUFFER",  Abellanas,  C.f Computer Design Vol   12
 Bo. 6, June 1973,  pp 8U-88.	*~         '

          A system is described which allows for a  number  of different format
 conversions from an M-line bus to an N-line bus which  Is  limited only by the length
 of the storage register.   The  converter's design is  based on a special  purpose
 first-in/first-out memory (FIFO)  which has  the  ability to shift  its information
 sideways.   Operation of the system is described.

 INDEX TERMS:   Electronic equipment,  Data  processing, Format conversion.
AMIC-7889
"BEHAVIOR OF THE SILVER, SILVER CHLORIDE ELECTRODE IN CONCENTRATED AQUEOUS SODIUM
CHLORIDE", Glbbard, H. F., Jr., Journal of the Electrochemical Society, Vol. 120.
No. 5, May 1973, pp 62U-627.    	'	

         Electrochemical experiments are reported which confirm the Imperfection of
the silver/silver chloride electrode in concentrated aqueous sodium chloride.   Further
experiments and calculations (electrochemical cell measurements and x-ray
diffraction) are used to explain this behavior in terms of the formation of a  solid
solution of silver chloride and sodium chloride.   The mole fractions and activities
of silver chloride in the solid solutions are calculated from solubility equilibria
and are correlated with literature values of the  activity coefficients of sodium
chloride.

INDEX TERMS:  Thermodynamlc behavior,  Physlcochemical properties,  Sodium chloride,
      Aqueous solutions,  Solubility,  Electrochemistry,  Solvents, Electrolytes,  X-ray
      diffraction,  Silver/silver chloride electrode,  Solute concentration,  Silver
      electrodes,  Ion selective electrodes,  Silver chloride,  Solutes.
                                                                                      62

-------
                                                                             5.  INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT
 AMIC-7891
 "A ROTATING RINC-HEMISPERICAL ELECTRODE FOB ELECTROAHALYTICAL APPLICATIONS", Chin, D. T
 Journal of the Electrochemical Society. Vol. 120, No. 5, May 1973, pp 631-635.

          A study has been made of the combination of a rotating hemispherical
 electrode with a ring electrode of a larger radius for use In Investigations of reaction
 Intermediates.  Cyclic voltamraetry in an acid copper solution was used to test the
 feasibility of the combination, and a ferricyanlde/ferrocyanide redox reaction was used
 to measure the collection efficiency at the ring electrode.  The collection efficiency
 was found to be Independent of the rotational speed In laminar flow, and Its value was
 comparable to that obtained from the rotating ring-disk electrode theory.   The results
 Indicate that the ring-disk theory can be used as a rough approximation for the ring
 hemisphere electrode if the Inner radius of the ring electrode is a minimum of 1.08
 times the radius of the hemispherical electrode.  Easy replacement of the  central
 hemispherical electrode is a big advantage of this new geometry.   This offers
 eleetrochemists an alternative choice where the use of a ring-disk electrode would fall
 to give a meaningful result and where frequent replacement of the disk electrode Is
 needed.

 INDEX TERNE:   Electrochemistry,  Copper,  Iron,  Heavy metals, Design,  Aqueous solutions,
       Cyclic  voltarametry,  Rotating ring-hemispherical electrode,  Collection efficiency,
       Ion selection electrodes,  Ferricyanide,  Cupric chloride.
A me-7897
 "HEATED SENSORS  FOR FLOW  MEASUREMENT", Wasserman, R., Grant, H., Instruments and Control
Systems,  Vol.  U6,  No.  5,  l*y  1973,  pp 59-61.                     ~~~~	:—
         Heated  sensors  consist of  electrical probes connected to a bridge circuit which
provides a current flow  to maintain the temperature of the probe above ambient.  By
knowing characteristics  of the fluid to be measured and the probe, it Is possible to
measure temperature, viscosity, Reynolds number, thermal conductivity, and mass flow.
Where fluid temperature  fluctuates, errors in mass flow measurements can be compensated
for by computation or by using an additional unheated sensor.  Measurement circuits may
employ either constant temperature  or constant current bridges depending on the
requirements of  the system.  Probes are constructed of platinum, tungsten, or
platinum-iridium wire of 0.00008 to 0.001 Inch diameter or of films of resistance
material plated  on ceramic or quartz substrates.  A comparison of the performance
characteristics  of wire  and film probes in various fluids is given.

INDEX TERMS:  Water temperature, Flow rates,  Viscosity,  Reynolds number,  Thermal
      conductivity, Temperature, Electrical equipment.  Hot wire sensors,  Hot film
      sensors, Sensors.
                                                                                     63
 AMIC-7899
 "A UWFIED METHOD FOR THE RECONSTRUCTION OF SAMPLED DATA", Durllng, A. E., Bullock  T.
 E., mfcb Transactions on Computers, Vol. C-22, No. k, April 1973, pp 3881396.     '

          Many digital systems have need for continuous-type output for oscilloscope
 display, process control,  or hybrid computation.   This paper presents a generalization
 and unification of the theory of extrapolation and reconstruction of sampled data.
 This generalization allows implementation of a recursive algorithm or digital filter in
 conjunction with the continuous data reconstruction.   The general procedure is
 demonstrated for the Implementation of an nth-order recursion relation using polynomial
 or exponential data reconstruction requiring only a single resetting integrator for the
 general nth-order reconatructor.

 INDEX TERMS:   Methodology,  Systems analysis,  Data processing,  Model studies,
       Mathematical models,  Mathematical studies,  Sample  data,  Data  reconstruction,
       Digital to analog  converters,  Polynomial Interpolation,  Digital filtering.
AMIC-7901                                                "
"AUTOMATIC METER READING USING EXISTING TELEPHONE CIRCUITS",  Journal American Water
Works Association. Vol. 65, No. 2, February 1973, pp 99-111.	'	

          Information Is provided on the cost  factors  involved  in  the various  possible
configurations of telemetered meter reading.  Specifically,  this  is concerned with (l)
the reading of meters via  telephone circuits, (2) the major  cost  factors involved in
adopting such a system,  both  telephone  company charges and utility costs, (3) some of
the factors resulting In ranges  of  these cost, and (U) some  of the other factors that
should be considered In a  decision  concerning automatic meter reading.  The system
principles are explained for  this type  of telemetry.  Two basic types of automatic
meter reading systems are  discussed: (1) the  telephone company provides the data
conmunicatlons terminal (DCT), the  meter reading access circuit (MRAC), and the line
coupler  or data set  at the customer's premises; and (2) the utility Instead of the
telephone  company, owns, Installs,  and maintains one or more of these elements.   Other
possible configurations  are diagrammed and briefly discussed.

INDEX TERMS:   Telemetry, Costs, On-site data collections, Data processing.
       Maintenance costs, Operating  costs, Installation costs, Automatic control, Data
       transmission, Cost-benefit analysis, Variable costs. Operation and Maintenance,
      Estimated costs, Automatic meter reading,  Telephone circuits,  Data communications
       terminal, Meter reading access circuit.

-------